Mercurial > emacs
annotate src/dispnew.c @ 28923:dcafe3c9cd6c
(sh-while-getopts) <sh>: Handle case that
user-specified option string is empty.
| author | Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Mon, 15 May 2000 20:14:39 +0000 |
| parents | 4e2497e6757e |
| children | 5ccfe8a1638f |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 314 | 1 /* Updating of data structures for redisplay. |
|
26088
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
2 Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 87, 88, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 1999 |
|
18853
4501a367a887
(direct_output_forward_char): Reenable check against
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18774
diff
changeset
|
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 314 | 4 |
| 5 This file is part of GNU Emacs. | |
| 6 | |
| 7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
| 8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
|
1777
4edfaa19c7a7
* window.c (window_internal_width): New function.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1766
diff
changeset
|
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) |
| 314 | 10 any later version. |
| 11 | |
| 12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
| 13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
| 14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
| 15 GNU General Public License for more details. | |
| 16 | |
| 17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
| 18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to | |
|
14186
ee40177f6c68
Update FSF's address in the preamble.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14125
diff
changeset
|
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, |
|
ee40177f6c68
Update FSF's address in the preamble.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14125
diff
changeset
|
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ |
| 314 | 21 |
|
26088
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
22 #include <config.h> |
| 314 | 23 #include <signal.h> |
|
7900
60795e826dad
Put stdio.h after config.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7814
diff
changeset
|
24 #include <stdio.h> |
| 314 | 25 #include <ctype.h> |
| 26 | |
| 21514 | 27 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H |
| 28 #include <unistd.h> | |
| 29 #endif | |
| 30 | |
|
3525
58e789baa27a
Include lisp.h earlier (before termhooks.h).
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3517
diff
changeset
|
31 #include "lisp.h" |
| 314 | 32 #include "termchar.h" |
| 33 #include "termopts.h" | |
| 2198 | 34 #include "termhooks.h" |
|
13526
34382f4e23cb
Always include dispextern.h before cm.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13448
diff
changeset
|
35 /* cm.h must come after dispextern.h on Windows. */ |
|
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
36 #include "dispextern.h" |
|
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
37 #include "cm.h" |
| 314 | 38 #include "buffer.h" |
|
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
39 #include "charset.h" |
| 764 | 40 #include "frame.h" |
| 314 | 41 #include "window.h" |
| 42 #include "commands.h" | |
| 43 #include "disptab.h" | |
| 44 #include "indent.h" | |
|
4384
98605d0ea3cf
(direct_output_for_insert): Fail if character
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4290
diff
changeset
|
45 #include "intervals.h" |
| 15065 | 46 #include "blockinput.h" |
| 21514 | 47 #include "process.h" |
| 48 #include "keyboard.h" | |
| 314 | 49 |
|
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
50 /* I don't know why DEC Alpha OSF1 fail to compile this file if we |
|
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
51 include the following file. */ |
|
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
52 /* #include "systty.h" */ |
| 12917 | 53 #include "syssignal.h" |
| 554 | 54 |
| 314 | 55 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS |
| 56 #include "xterm.h" | |
| 25012 | 57 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ |
| 314 | 58 |
|
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
59 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI |
|
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
60 #include "w32term.h" |
|
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
61 #endif /* HAVE_NTGUI */ |
|
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
62 |
| 25012 | 63 /* Include systime.h after xterm.h to avoid double inclusion of time.h. */ |
| 64 | |
|
7808
52e2eb6245d4
Include systime.h after xterm.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7648
diff
changeset
|
65 #include "systime.h" |
|
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
66 #include <errno.h> |
|
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
67 |
| 25012 | 68 /* To get the prototype for `sleep'. */ |
| 69 | |
| 70 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H | |
| 71 #include <unistd.h> | |
| 72 #endif | |
| 73 | |
| 314 | 74 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) |
| 75 #define min(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b)) | |
| 76 | |
| 77 /* Get number of chars of output now in the buffer of a stdio stream. | |
| 25012 | 78 This ought to be built in in stdio, but it isn't. Some s- files |
| 79 override this because their stdio internals differ. */ | |
| 80 | |
|
5214
c4bf07b226be
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) [__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Alternate definition for the GNU
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5083
diff
changeset
|
81 #ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ |
| 25012 | 82 |
| 83 /* The s- file might have overridden the definition with one that | |
| 84 works for the system's C library. But we are using the GNU C | |
| 85 library, so this is the right definition for every system. */ | |
| 86 | |
|
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
87 #ifdef GNU_LIBRARY_PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
|
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
88 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT GNU_LIBRARY_PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
|
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
89 #else |
|
7443
a9cb818e5316
[__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Redefine PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT even if already defined.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
7247
diff
changeset
|
90 #undef PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
|
5214
c4bf07b226be
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) [__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Alternate definition for the GNU
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5083
diff
changeset
|
91 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) ((FILE)->__bufp - (FILE)->__buffer) |
|
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
92 #endif |
|
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
93 #else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ |
|
26088
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
94 #if !defined (PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) && HAVE_STDIO_EXT_H && HAVE___FPENDING |
|
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
95 #include <stdio_ext.h> |
|
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
96 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) __fpending (FILE) |
|
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
97 #endif |
|
7443
a9cb818e5316
[__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Redefine PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT even if already defined.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
7247
diff
changeset
|
98 #ifndef PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
| 314 | 99 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) ((FILE)->_ptr - (FILE)->_base) |
| 100 #endif | |
| 25012 | 101 #endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ |
| 102 | |
| 103 | |
| 104 /* Structure to pass dimensions around. Used for character bounding | |
| 105 boxes, glyph matrix dimensions and alike. */ | |
| 106 | |
| 107 struct dim | |
| 108 { | |
| 109 int width; | |
| 110 int height; | |
| 111 }; | |
| 112 | |
| 113 | |
| 114 /* Function prototypes. */ | |
| 115 | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
116 static void redraw_overlapping_rows P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
117 static void redraw_overlapped_rows P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
| 25012 | 118 static int count_blanks P_ ((struct glyph *, int)); |
| 119 static int count_match P_ ((struct glyph *, struct glyph *, | |
| 120 struct glyph *, struct glyph *)); | |
| 121 static unsigned line_draw_cost P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int)); | |
| 122 static void update_frame_line P_ ((struct frame *, int)); | |
| 123 static struct dim allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay | |
| 124 P_ ((Lisp_Object, int, int, struct dim, int, int *)); | |
| 125 static void allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay P_ ((struct window *, | |
| 126 struct dim)); | |
| 127 static int realloc_glyph_pool P_ ((struct glyph_pool *, struct dim)); | |
| 128 static void adjust_frame_glyphs P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
| 129 struct glyph_matrix *new_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_pool *)); | |
| 130 static void free_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *)); | |
| 131 static void adjust_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_matrix *, | |
| 132 int, int, struct dim)); | |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
133 static void change_frame_size_1 P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int, int)); |
| 25012 | 134 static void swap_glyphs_in_rows P_ ((struct glyph_row *, struct glyph_row *)); |
| 135 static void swap_glyph_pointers P_ ((struct glyph_row *, struct glyph_row *)); | |
| 136 static int glyph_row_slice_p P_ ((struct glyph_row *, struct glyph_row *)); | |
| 137 static void fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces P_ ((struct glyph_row *, int)); | |
| 138 static void build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, | |
| 139 struct window *)); | |
| 140 static void build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, | |
| 141 struct window *)); | |
| 142 static struct glyph_pool *new_glyph_pool P_ ((void)); | |
| 143 static void free_glyph_pool P_ ((struct glyph_pool *)); | |
| 144 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_initially P_ ((void)); | |
| 145 static void adjust_frame_message_buffer P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
| 146 static void adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
| 147 static void fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces P_ ((struct glyph_row *)); | |
| 148 static void build_frame_matrix P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
| 149 void clear_current_matrices P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
| 150 void scroll_glyph_matrix_range P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int, | |
| 151 int, int)); | |
| 152 static void clear_window_matrices P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
| 153 static void fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces P_ ((struct glyph_row *, int)); | |
| 154 static int scrolling_window P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
155 static int update_window_line P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
| 25012 | 156 static void update_marginal_area P_ ((struct window *, int, int)); |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
157 static int update_text_area P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
| 25012 | 158 static void make_current P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, struct glyph_matrix *, |
| 159 int)); | |
| 160 static void mirror_make_current P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
| 161 void check_window_matrix_pointers P_ ((struct window *)); | |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
162 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
| 25012 | 163 static void check_matrix_pointers P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, |
| 164 struct glyph_matrix *)); | |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
165 #endif |
| 25012 | 166 static void mirror_line_dance P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int *, char *)); |
| 167 static int update_window_tree P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
| 168 static int update_window P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
| 169 static int update_frame_1 P_ ((struct frame *, int, int)); | |
| 170 static void set_window_cursor_after_update P_ ((struct window *)); | |
| 171 static int row_equal_p P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, | |
| 172 struct glyph_row *)); | |
| 173 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
| 174 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
| 175 static void reverse_rows P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int)); | |
| 176 static int margin_glyphs_to_reserve P_ ((struct window *, int, Lisp_Object)); | |
|
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
177 static void sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows P_ ((struct window *)); |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
178 struct window *frame_row_to_window P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
| 25012 | 179 |
| 180 | |
| 181 | |
| 182 /* Non-zero means don't pause redisplay for pending input. (This is | |
| 183 for debugging and for a future implementation of EDT-like | |
| 184 scrolling. */ | |
| 185 | |
| 186 int redisplay_dont_pause; | |
|
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
187 |
| 554 | 188 /* Nonzero upon entry to redisplay means do not assume anything about |
| 764 | 189 current contents of actual terminal frame; clear and redraw it. */ |
| 314 | 190 |
| 764 | 191 int frame_garbaged; |
| 314 | 192 |
| 25012 | 193 /* Nonzero means last display completed. Zero means it was preempted. */ |
| 314 | 194 |
| 195 int display_completed; | |
| 196 | |
| 25012 | 197 /* Lisp variable visible-bell; enables use of screen-flash instead of |
| 198 audible bell. */ | |
| 314 | 199 |
| 200 int visible_bell; | |
| 201 | |
| 764 | 202 /* Invert the color of the whole frame, at a low level. */ |
| 314 | 203 |
| 204 int inverse_video; | |
| 205 | |
| 206 /* Line speed of the terminal. */ | |
| 207 | |
| 208 int baud_rate; | |
| 209 | |
| 25012 | 210 /* Either nil or a symbol naming the window system under which Emacs |
| 211 is running. */ | |
| 314 | 212 |
| 213 Lisp_Object Vwindow_system; | |
| 214 | |
| 215 /* Version number of X windows: 10, 11 or nil. */ | |
| 25012 | 216 |
| 314 | 217 Lisp_Object Vwindow_system_version; |
| 218 | |
| 25012 | 219 /* Vector of glyph definitions. Indexed by glyph number, the contents |
| 220 are a string which is how to output the glyph. | |
| 314 | 221 |
| 222 If Vglyph_table is nil, a glyph is output by using its low 8 bits | |
| 25012 | 223 as a character code. |
| 224 | |
| 225 This is an obsolete feature that is no longer used. The variable | |
| 226 is retained for compatibility. */ | |
| 314 | 227 |
| 228 Lisp_Object Vglyph_table; | |
| 229 | |
| 230 /* Display table to use for vectors that don't specify their own. */ | |
| 231 | |
| 232 Lisp_Object Vstandard_display_table; | |
| 233 | |
| 25012 | 234 /* Nonzero means reading single-character input with prompt so put |
| 235 cursor on mini-buffer after the prompt. positive means at end of | |
| 236 text in echo area; negative means at beginning of line. */ | |
| 237 | |
| 314 | 238 int cursor_in_echo_area; |
|
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
239 |
|
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
240 Lisp_Object Qdisplay_table; |
| 25012 | 241 |
| 314 | 242 |
| 25012 | 243 /* The currently selected frame. In a single-frame version, this |
|
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
244 variable always equals the_only_frame. */ |
|
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
245 |
|
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
246 Lisp_Object selected_frame; |
| 25012 | 247 |
| 248 /* A frame which is not just a mini-buffer, or 0 if there are no such | |
| 764 | 249 frames. This is usually the most recent such frame that was |
| 9572 | 250 selected. In a single-frame version, this variable always holds |
| 251 the address of the_only_frame. */ | |
| 25012 | 252 |
| 253 struct frame *last_nonminibuf_frame; | |
| 254 | |
| 255 /* Stdio stream being used for copy of all output. */ | |
| 256 | |
| 257 FILE *termscript; | |
| 258 | |
| 259 /* Structure for info on cursor positioning. */ | |
| 260 | |
| 261 struct cm Wcm; | |
| 262 | |
| 263 /* 1 means SIGWINCH happened when not safe. */ | |
| 264 | |
| 265 int delayed_size_change; | |
| 266 | |
| 267 /* 1 means glyph initialization has been completed at startup. */ | |
| 268 | |
| 269 static int glyphs_initialized_initially_p; | |
| 270 | |
| 271 /* Updated window if != 0. Set by update_window. */ | |
| 272 | |
| 273 struct window *updated_window; | |
| 274 | |
| 275 /* Glyph row updated in update_window_line, and area that is updated. */ | |
| 276 | |
| 277 struct glyph_row *updated_row; | |
| 278 int updated_area; | |
| 279 | |
| 280 /* A glyph for a space. */ | |
| 281 | |
| 282 struct glyph space_glyph; | |
| 283 | |
| 284 /* Non-zero means update has been performed directly, so that there's | |
| 285 no need for redisplay_internal to do much work. Set by | |
| 286 direct_output_for_insert. */ | |
| 287 | |
| 288 int redisplay_performed_directly_p; | |
| 289 | |
| 290 /* Counts of allocated structures. These counts serve to diagnose | |
| 291 memory leaks and double frees. */ | |
| 292 | |
| 293 int glyph_matrix_count; | |
| 294 int glyph_pool_count; | |
| 295 | |
| 296 /* If non-null, the frame whose frame matrices are manipulated. If | |
| 297 null, window matrices are worked on. */ | |
| 298 | |
| 299 static struct frame *frame_matrix_frame; | |
| 300 | |
| 301 /* Current interface for window-based redisplay. Set from init_xterm. | |
| 302 A null value means we are not using window-based redisplay. */ | |
| 303 | |
| 304 struct redisplay_interface *rif; | |
| 305 | |
| 306 /* Non-zero means that fonts have been loaded since the last glyph | |
| 307 matrix adjustments. Redisplay must stop, and glyph matrices must | |
| 308 be adjusted when this flag becomes non-zero during display. The | |
| 309 reason fonts can be loaded so late is that fonts of fontsets are | |
| 310 loaded on demand. */ | |
| 311 | |
| 312 int fonts_changed_p; | |
| 313 | |
| 314 /* Convert vpos and hpos from frame to window and vice versa. | |
| 315 This may only be used for terminal frames. */ | |
| 316 | |
| 317 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
| 318 | |
| 319 static int window_to_frame_vpos P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
| 320 static int window_to_frame_hpos P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
| 321 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS(W, VPOS) window_to_frame_vpos ((W), (VPOS)) | |
| 322 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS(W, HPOS) window_to_frame_hpos ((W), (HPOS)) | |
| 323 | |
| 324 #else /* GLYPH_DEBUG == 0 */ | |
| 325 | |
| 326 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS(W, VPOS) ((VPOS) + XFASTINT ((W)->top)) | |
| 327 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS(W, HPOS) ((HPOS) + XFASTINT ((W)->left)) | |
| 328 | |
| 329 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG == 0 */ | |
| 330 | |
| 331 | |
| 332 /* Like bcopy except never gets confused by overlap. Let this be the | |
| 333 first function defined in this file, or change emacs.c where the | |
| 334 address of this function is used. */ | |
| 314 | 335 |
| 336 void | |
| 337 safe_bcopy (from, to, size) | |
| 338 char *from, *to; | |
| 339 int size; | |
| 340 { | |
|
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
341 if (size <= 0 || from == to) |
| 314 | 342 return; |
| 343 | |
|
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
344 /* If the source and destination don't overlap, then bcopy can |
|
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
345 handle it. If they do overlap, but the destination is lower in |
|
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
346 memory than the source, we'll assume bcopy can handle that. */ |
|
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
347 if (to < from || from + size <= to) |
|
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
348 bcopy (from, to, size); |
|
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
349 |
|
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
350 /* Otherwise, we'll copy from the end. */ |
|
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
351 else |
| 314 | 352 { |
|
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
353 register char *endf = from + size; |
|
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
354 register char *endt = to + size; |
| 314 | 355 |
| 356 /* If TO - FROM is large, then we should break the copy into | |
| 357 nonoverlapping chunks of TO - FROM bytes each. However, if | |
| 358 TO - FROM is small, then the bcopy function call overhead | |
| 359 makes this not worth it. The crossover point could be about | |
|
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
360 anywhere. Since I don't think the obvious copy loop is too |
|
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
361 bad, I'm trying to err in its favor. */ |
| 314 | 362 if (to - from < 64) |
| 363 { | |
| 364 do | |
| 365 *--endt = *--endf; | |
| 366 while (endf != from); | |
| 367 } | |
| 368 else | |
| 369 { | |
|
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
370 for (;;) |
| 314 | 371 { |
| 372 endt -= (to - from); | |
| 373 endf -= (to - from); | |
| 374 | |
|
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
375 if (endt < to) |
|
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
376 break; |
|
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
377 |
| 314 | 378 bcopy (endf, endt, to - from); |
| 379 } | |
|
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
380 |
|
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
381 /* If SIZE wasn't a multiple of TO - FROM, there will be a |
| 25012 | 382 little left over. The amount left over is (endt + (to - |
| 383 from)) - to, which is endt - from. */ | |
| 314 | 384 bcopy (from, to, endt - from); |
| 385 } | |
| 386 } | |
| 387 } | |
| 388 | |
| 25012 | 389 |
| 390 | |
| 391 /*********************************************************************** | |
| 392 Glyph Matrices | |
| 393 ***********************************************************************/ | |
| 394 | |
| 395 /* Allocate and return a glyph_matrix structure. POOL is the glyph | |
| 396 pool from which memory for the matrix should be allocated, or null | |
| 397 for window-based redisplay where no glyph pools are used. The | |
| 398 member `pool' of the glyph matrix structure returned is set to | |
| 399 POOL, the structure is otherwise zeroed. */ | |
| 400 | |
| 401 struct glyph_matrix * | |
| 402 new_glyph_matrix (pool) | |
| 403 struct glyph_pool *pool; | |
| 404 { | |
| 405 struct glyph_matrix *result; | |
| 406 | |
| 407 /* Allocate and clear. */ | |
| 408 result = (struct glyph_matrix *) xmalloc (sizeof *result); | |
| 409 bzero (result, sizeof *result); | |
| 410 | |
| 411 /* Increment number of allocated matrices. This count is used | |
| 412 to detect memory leaks. */ | |
| 413 ++glyph_matrix_count; | |
| 414 | |
| 415 /* Set pool and return. */ | |
| 416 result->pool = pool; | |
| 417 return result; | |
| 418 } | |
| 419 | |
| 420 | |
| 421 /* Free glyph matrix MATRIX. Passing in a null MATRIX is allowed. | |
| 422 | |
| 423 The global counter glyph_matrix_count is decremented when a matrix | |
| 424 is freed. If the count gets negative, more structures were freed | |
| 425 than allocated, i.e. one matrix was freed more than once or a bogus | |
| 426 pointer was passed to this function. | |
| 427 | |
| 428 If MATRIX->pool is null, this means that the matrix manages its own | |
| 429 glyph memory---this is done for matrices on X frames. Freeing the | |
| 430 matrix also frees the glyph memory in this case. */ | |
| 431 | |
| 432 static void | |
| 433 free_glyph_matrix (matrix) | |
| 434 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
| 435 { | |
| 436 if (matrix) | |
| 437 { | |
| 438 int i; | |
| 439 | |
| 440 /* Detect the case that more matrices are freed than were | |
| 441 allocated. */ | |
| 442 if (--glyph_matrix_count < 0) | |
| 443 abort (); | |
| 444 | |
| 445 /* Free glyph memory if MATRIX owns it. */ | |
| 446 if (matrix->pool == NULL) | |
| 447 for (i = 0; i < matrix->rows_allocated; ++i) | |
| 448 xfree (matrix->rows[i].glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]); | |
| 449 | |
| 450 /* Free row structures and the matrix itself. */ | |
| 451 xfree (matrix->rows); | |
| 452 xfree (matrix); | |
| 453 } | |
| 454 } | |
| 455 | |
| 456 | |
| 457 /* Return the number of glyphs to reserve for a marginal area of | |
| 458 window W. TOTAL_GLYPHS is the number of glyphs in a complete | |
| 459 display line of window W. MARGIN gives the width of the marginal | |
| 460 area in canonical character units. MARGIN should be an integer | |
| 461 or a float. */ | |
| 462 | |
| 463 static int | |
| 464 margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, total_glyphs, margin) | |
| 465 struct window *w; | |
| 466 int total_glyphs; | |
| 467 Lisp_Object margin; | |
| 468 { | |
| 469 int n; | |
| 470 | |
| 471 if (NUMBERP (margin)) | |
| 472 { | |
| 473 int width = XFASTINT (w->width); | |
| 474 double d = max (0, XFLOATINT (margin)); | |
| 475 d = min (width / 2 - 1, d); | |
| 476 n = (int) ((double) total_glyphs / width * d); | |
| 477 } | |
| 478 else | |
| 479 n = 0; | |
| 480 | |
| 481 return n; | |
| 482 } | |
| 483 | |
| 484 | |
| 485 /* Adjust glyph matrix MATRIX on window W or on a frame to changed | |
| 486 window sizes. | |
| 487 | |
| 488 W is null if the function is called for a frame glyph matrix. | |
| 489 Otherwise it is the window MATRIX is a member of. X and Y are the | |
| 490 indices of the first column and row of MATRIX within the frame | |
| 491 matrix, if such a matrix exists. They are zero for purely | |
| 492 window-based redisplay. DIM is the needed size of the matrix. | |
| 493 | |
| 494 In window-based redisplay, where no frame matrices exist, glyph | |
| 495 matrices manage their own glyph storage. Otherwise, they allocate | |
| 496 storage from a common frame glyph pool which can be found in | |
| 497 MATRIX->pool. | |
| 498 | |
| 499 The reason for this memory management strategy is to avoid complete | |
| 500 frame redraws if possible. When we allocate from a common pool, a | |
| 501 change of the location or size of a sub-matrix within the pool | |
| 502 requires a complete redisplay of the frame because we cannot easily | |
| 503 make sure that the current matrices of all windows still agree with | |
| 504 what is displayed on the screen. While this is usually fast, it | |
| 505 leads to screen flickering. */ | |
| 506 | |
| 507 static void | |
| 508 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, x, y, dim) | |
| 509 struct window *w; | |
| 510 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
| 511 int x, y; | |
| 512 struct dim dim; | |
| 513 { | |
| 514 int i; | |
| 515 int new_rows; | |
| 516 int marginal_areas_changed_p = 0; | |
| 25546 | 517 int header_line_changed_p = 0; |
| 518 int header_line_p = 0; | |
| 25012 | 519 int left = -1, right = -1; |
| 520 int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height; | |
| 521 | |
| 522 /* See if W had a top line that has disappeared now, or vice versa. */ | |
| 523 if (w) | |
| 524 { | |
| 25546 | 525 header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w); |
| 526 header_line_changed_p = header_line_p != matrix->header_line_p; | |
| 25012 | 527 } |
| 25546 | 528 matrix->header_line_p = header_line_p; |
| 25012 | 529 |
| 530 /* Do nothing if MATRIX' size, position, vscroll, and marginal areas | |
| 531 haven't changed. This optimization is important because preserving | |
| 532 the matrix means preventing redisplay. */ | |
| 533 if (matrix->pool == NULL) | |
| 534 { | |
| 535 window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height); | |
| 536 left = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, w->left_margin_width); | |
| 537 right = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, w->right_margin_width); | |
| 538 xassert (left >= 0 && right >= 0); | |
| 539 marginal_areas_changed_p = (left != matrix->left_margin_glyphs | |
| 540 || right != matrix->right_margin_glyphs); | |
| 541 | |
| 542 if (!marginal_areas_changed_p | |
| 543 && !fonts_changed_p | |
| 25546 | 544 && !header_line_changed_p |
| 25012 | 545 && matrix->window_top_y == XFASTINT (w->top) |
| 546 && matrix->window_height == window_height | |
| 547 && matrix->window_vscroll == w->vscroll | |
| 548 && matrix->window_width == window_width) | |
| 549 return; | |
| 550 } | |
| 551 | |
| 552 /* Enlarge MATRIX->rows if necessary. New rows are cleared. */ | |
| 553 if (matrix->rows_allocated < dim.height) | |
| 554 { | |
| 555 int size = dim.height * sizeof (struct glyph_row); | |
| 556 new_rows = dim.height - matrix->rows_allocated; | |
| 557 matrix->rows = (struct glyph_row *) xrealloc (matrix->rows, size); | |
| 558 bzero (matrix->rows + matrix->rows_allocated, | |
| 559 new_rows * sizeof *matrix->rows); | |
| 560 matrix->rows_allocated = dim.height; | |
| 561 } | |
| 562 else | |
| 563 new_rows = 0; | |
| 564 | |
| 565 /* If POOL is not null, MATRIX is a frame matrix or a window matrix | |
| 566 on a frame not using window-based redisplay. Set up pointers for | |
| 567 each row into the glyph pool. */ | |
| 568 if (matrix->pool) | |
| 569 { | |
| 570 xassert (matrix->pool->glyphs); | |
| 571 | |
| 572 if (w) | |
| 573 { | |
| 574 left = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
| 575 w->left_margin_width); | |
| 576 right = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
| 577 w->right_margin_width); | |
| 578 } | |
| 579 else | |
| 580 left = right = 0; | |
| 581 | |
| 582 for (i = 0; i < dim.height; ++i) | |
| 583 { | |
| 584 struct glyph_row *row = &matrix->rows[i]; | |
| 585 | |
| 586 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
| 587 = (matrix->pool->glyphs | |
| 588 + (y + i) * matrix->pool->ncolumns | |
| 589 + x); | |
| 590 | |
| 591 if (w == NULL | |
| 592 || row == matrix->rows + dim.height - 1 | |
| 25546 | 593 || (row == matrix->rows && matrix->header_line_p)) |
| 25012 | 594 { |
| 595 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
| 596 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
| 597 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
| 598 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width; | |
| 599 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
| 600 = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
| 601 } | |
| 602 else | |
| 603 { | |
| 604 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
| 605 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + left; | |
| 606 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
| 607 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width - left - right; | |
| 608 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
| 609 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + dim.width; | |
| 610 } | |
| 611 } | |
| 612 | |
| 613 matrix->left_margin_glyphs = left; | |
| 614 matrix->right_margin_glyphs = right; | |
| 615 } | |
| 616 else | |
| 617 { | |
| 618 /* If MATRIX->pool is null, MATRIX is responsible for managing | |
| 619 its own memory. Allocate glyph memory from the heap. */ | |
| 620 if (dim.width > matrix->matrix_w | |
| 621 || new_rows | |
| 25546 | 622 || header_line_changed_p |
| 25012 | 623 || marginal_areas_changed_p) |
| 624 { | |
| 625 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows; | |
| 626 struct glyph_row *end = row + matrix->rows_allocated; | |
| 627 | |
| 628 while (row < end) | |
| 629 { | |
| 630 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
| 631 = (struct glyph *) xrealloc (row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA], | |
| 632 (dim.width | |
| 633 * sizeof (struct glyph))); | |
| 634 | |
| 635 /* The mode line never has marginal areas. */ | |
| 636 if (row == matrix->rows + dim.height - 1 | |
| 25546 | 637 || (row == matrix->rows && matrix->header_line_p)) |
| 25012 | 638 { |
| 639 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
| 640 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
| 641 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
| 642 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width; | |
| 643 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
| 644 = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
| 645 } | |
| 646 else | |
| 647 { | |
| 648 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
| 649 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + left; | |
| 650 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
| 651 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width - left - right; | |
| 652 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
| 653 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + dim.width; | |
| 654 } | |
| 655 ++row; | |
| 656 } | |
| 657 } | |
| 658 | |
| 659 xassert (left >= 0 && right >= 0); | |
| 660 matrix->left_margin_glyphs = left; | |
| 661 matrix->right_margin_glyphs = right; | |
| 662 } | |
| 663 | |
| 664 /* Number of rows to be used by MATRIX. */ | |
| 665 matrix->nrows = dim.height; | |
| 666 | |
| 667 /* Mark rows in a current matrix of a window as not having valid | |
| 668 contents. It's important to not do this for desired matrices. | |
| 669 When Emacs starts, it may already be building desired matrices | |
| 670 when this function runs. */ | |
| 671 if (w && matrix == w->current_matrix) | |
| 672 { | |
| 673 /* Optimize the case that only the height has changed (C-x 2, | |
| 674 upper window). Invalidate all rows that are no longer part | |
| 675 of the window. */ | |
| 676 if (!marginal_areas_changed_p | |
| 677 && matrix->window_top_y == XFASTINT (w->top) | |
| 678 && matrix->window_width == window_width) | |
| 679 { | |
| 680 i = 0; | |
| 681 while (matrix->rows[i].enabled_p | |
| 682 && (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (matrix->rows + i) | |
| 683 < matrix->window_height)) | |
| 684 ++i; | |
| 685 | |
| 686 /* Window end is invalid, if inside of the rows that | |
| 687 are invalidated. */ | |
| 688 if (INTEGERP (w->window_end_vpos) | |
| 689 && XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) >= i) | |
| 690 w->window_end_valid = Qnil; | |
| 691 | |
| 692 while (i < matrix->nrows) | |
| 693 matrix->rows[i++].enabled_p = 0; | |
| 694 } | |
| 695 else | |
| 696 { | |
| 697 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
| 698 matrix->rows[i].enabled_p = 0; | |
| 699 } | |
| 700 } | |
| 701 | |
| 702 /* Remember last values to be able to optimize frame redraws. */ | |
| 703 matrix->matrix_x = x; | |
| 704 matrix->matrix_y = y; | |
| 705 matrix->matrix_w = dim.width; | |
| 706 matrix->matrix_h = dim.height; | |
| 707 | |
| 708 /* Record the top y location and height of W at the time the matrix | |
| 709 was last adjusted. This is used to optimize redisplay above. */ | |
| 710 if (w) | |
| 711 { | |
| 712 matrix->window_top_y = XFASTINT (w->top); | |
| 713 matrix->window_height = window_height; | |
| 714 matrix->window_width = window_width; | |
| 715 matrix->window_vscroll = w->vscroll; | |
| 716 } | |
| 717 } | |
| 718 | |
| 719 | |
| 720 /* Reverse the contents of rows in MATRIX between START and END. The | |
| 721 contents of the row at END - 1 end up at START, END - 2 at START + | |
| 722 1 etc. This is part of the implementation of rotate_matrix (see | |
| 723 below). */ | |
| 314 | 724 |
| 725 static void | |
| 25012 | 726 reverse_rows (matrix, start, end) |
| 727 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
| 728 int start, end; | |
| 314 | 729 { |
| 25012 | 730 int i, j; |
| 731 | |
| 732 for (i = start, j = end - 1; i < j; ++i, --j) | |
| 733 { | |
| 734 /* Non-ISO HP/UX compiler doesn't like auto struct | |
| 735 initialization. */ | |
| 736 struct glyph_row temp; | |
| 737 temp = matrix->rows[i]; | |
| 738 matrix->rows[i] = matrix->rows[j]; | |
| 739 matrix->rows[j] = temp; | |
| 740 } | |
| 314 | 741 } |
| 742 | |
| 25012 | 743 |
| 744 /* Rotate the contents of rows in MATRIX in the range FIRST .. LAST - | |
| 745 1 by BY positions. BY < 0 means rotate left, i.e. towards lower | |
| 746 indices. (Note: this does not copy glyphs, only glyph pointers in | |
| 747 row structures are moved around). | |
| 748 | |
| 749 The algorithm used for rotating the vector was, I believe, first | |
| 750 described by Kernighan. See the vector R as consisting of two | |
| 751 sub-vectors AB, where A has length BY for BY >= 0. The result | |
| 752 after rotating is then BA. Reverse both sub-vectors to get ArBr | |
| 753 and reverse the result to get (ArBr)r which is BA. Similar for | |
| 754 rotating right. */ | |
| 755 | |
| 756 void | |
| 757 rotate_matrix (matrix, first, last, by) | |
| 758 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
| 759 int first, last, by; | |
| 314 | 760 { |
| 25012 | 761 if (by < 0) |
| 762 { | |
| 763 /* Up (rotate left, i.e. towards lower indices). */ | |
| 764 by = -by; | |
| 765 reverse_rows (matrix, first, first + by); | |
| 766 reverse_rows (matrix, first + by, last); | |
| 767 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last); | |
| 768 } | |
| 769 else if (by > 0) | |
| 314 | 770 { |
| 25012 | 771 /* Down (rotate right, i.e. towards higher indices). */ |
| 772 reverse_rows (matrix, last - by, last); | |
| 773 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last - by); | |
| 774 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last); | |
| 314 | 775 } |
| 25012 | 776 } |
| 777 | |
| 778 | |
| 779 /* Increment buffer positions in glyph rows of MATRIX. Do it for rows | |
| 780 with indices START <= index < END. Increment positions by DELTA/ | |
| 781 DELTA_BYTES. */ | |
| 782 | |
| 783 void | |
|
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
784 increment_matrix_positions (matrix, start, end, delta, delta_bytes) |
| 25012 | 785 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; |
| 786 int start, end, delta, delta_bytes; | |
| 787 { | |
| 788 /* Check that START and END are reasonable values. */ | |
| 789 xassert (start >= 0 && start <= matrix->nrows); | |
| 790 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); | |
| 791 xassert (start <= end); | |
| 792 | |
| 793 for (; start < end; ++start) | |
|
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
794 increment_row_positions (matrix->rows + start, delta, delta_bytes); |
| 25012 | 795 } |
| 796 | |
| 797 | |
| 798 /* Enable a range of rows in glyph matrix MATRIX. START and END are | |
| 799 the row indices of the first and last + 1 row to enable. If | |
| 800 ENABLED_P is non-zero, enabled_p flags in rows will be set to 1. */ | |
| 801 | |
| 802 void | |
| 803 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (matrix, start, end, enabled_p) | |
| 804 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
| 805 int start, end; | |
| 806 int enabled_p; | |
| 807 { | |
| 808 xassert (start <= end); | |
| 809 xassert (start >= 0 && start < matrix->nrows); | |
| 810 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); | |
| 811 | |
| 812 for (; start < end; ++start) | |
| 813 matrix->rows[start].enabled_p = enabled_p != 0; | |
| 814 } | |
| 815 | |
| 816 | |
| 817 /* Clear MATRIX. | |
| 818 | |
| 819 This empties all rows in MATRIX by setting the enabled_p flag for | |
| 820 all rows of the matrix to zero. The function prepare_desired_row | |
| 821 will eventually really clear a row when it sees one with a zero | |
| 822 enabled_p flag. | |
| 823 | |
| 824 Resets update hints to defaults value. The only update hint | |
| 825 currently present is the flag MATRIX->no_scrolling_p. */ | |
| 826 | |
| 827 void | |
| 828 clear_glyph_matrix (matrix) | |
| 829 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
| 830 { | |
| 831 if (matrix) | |
| 314 | 832 { |
| 25012 | 833 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, 0); |
| 834 matrix->no_scrolling_p = 0; | |
| 314 | 835 } |
| 836 } | |
| 25012 | 837 |
| 838 | |
| 839 /* Shift part of the glyph matrix MATRIX of window W up or down. | |
| 840 Increment y-positions in glyph rows between START and END by DY, | |
| 841 and recompute their visible height. */ | |
| 842 | |
| 843 void | |
| 844 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, start, end, dy) | |
| 845 struct window *w; | |
| 846 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
| 847 int start, end, dy; | |
| 848 { | |
| 849 int min_y, max_y; | |
| 850 | |
| 851 xassert (start <= end); | |
| 852 xassert (start >= 0 && start < matrix->nrows); | |
| 853 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); | |
| 854 | |
| 25546 | 855 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
| 25012 | 856 max_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w); |
| 857 | |
| 858 for (; start < end; ++start) | |
| 859 { | |
| 860 struct glyph_row *row = &matrix->rows[start]; | |
| 861 | |
| 862 row->y += dy; | |
| 863 | |
| 864 if (row->y < min_y) | |
| 865 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y); | |
| 866 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y) | |
| 867 row->visible_height = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y); | |
| 868 else | |
| 869 row->visible_height = row->height; | |
| 870 } | |
| 871 } | |
| 872 | |
| 873 | |
| 874 /* Mark all rows in current matrices of frame F as invalid. Marking | |
| 875 invalid is done by setting enabled_p to zero for all rows in a | |
| 876 current matrix. */ | |
| 877 | |
| 878 void | |
| 879 clear_current_matrices (f) | |
| 880 register struct frame *f; | |
| 881 { | |
| 882 /* Clear frame current matrix, if we have one. */ | |
| 883 if (f->current_matrix) | |
| 884 clear_glyph_matrix (f->current_matrix); | |
| 885 | |
| 886 /* Clear the matrix of the menu bar window, if such a window exists. | |
| 887 The menu bar window is currently used to display menus on X when | |
| 888 no toolkit support is compiled in. */ | |
| 889 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
| 890 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window)->current_matrix); | |
| 891 | |
|
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
892 /* Clear the matrix of the tool-bar window, if any. */ |
|
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
893 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
|
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
894 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->current_matrix); |
| 25012 | 895 |
| 896 /* Clear current window matrices. */ | |
| 897 xassert (WINDOWP (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
| 898 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 0); | |
| 899 } | |
| 900 | |
| 901 | |
| 902 /* Clear out all display lines of F for a coming redisplay. */ | |
| 314 | 903 |
| 21514 | 904 void |
| 25012 | 905 clear_desired_matrices (f) |
| 906 register struct frame *f; | |
| 314 | 907 { |
| 25012 | 908 if (f->desired_matrix) |
| 909 clear_glyph_matrix (f->desired_matrix); | |
| 910 | |
| 911 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
| 912 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window)->desired_matrix); | |
| 913 | |
|
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
914 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
|
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
915 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->desired_matrix); |
| 25012 | 916 |
| 917 /* Do it for window matrices. */ | |
| 918 xassert (WINDOWP (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
| 919 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 1); | |
| 920 } | |
| 921 | |
| 922 | |
| 923 /* Clear matrices in window tree rooted in W. If DESIRED_P is | |
| 924 non-zero clear desired matrices, otherwise clear current matrices. */ | |
| 925 | |
| 926 static void | |
| 927 clear_window_matrices (w, desired_p) | |
| 928 struct window *w; | |
| 929 int desired_p; | |
| 930 { | |
| 931 while (w) | |
| 314 | 932 { |
| 25012 | 933 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
| 934 { | |
| 935 xassert (WINDOWP (w->hchild)); | |
| 936 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->hchild), desired_p); | |
| 937 } | |
| 938 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
| 314 | 939 { |
| 25012 | 940 xassert (WINDOWP (w->vchild)); |
| 941 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->vchild), desired_p); | |
| 942 } | |
| 943 else | |
| 944 { | |
| 945 if (desired_p) | |
| 946 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
| 947 else | |
| 314 | 948 { |
| 25012 | 949 clear_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); |
| 950 w->window_end_valid = Qnil; | |
| 314 | 951 } |
| 25012 | 952 } |
| 953 | |
| 954 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
| 955 } | |
| 956 } | |
| 957 | |
| 958 | |
| 959 | |
| 960 /*********************************************************************** | |
| 961 Glyph Rows | |
| 962 | |
| 963 See dispextern.h for an overall explanation of glyph rows. | |
| 964 ***********************************************************************/ | |
| 965 | |
| 966 /* Clear glyph row ROW. Do it in a way that makes it robust against | |
| 967 changes in the glyph_row structure, i.e. addition or removal of | |
| 968 structure members. */ | |
| 969 | |
| 970 void | |
| 971 clear_glyph_row (row) | |
| 972 struct glyph_row *row; | |
| 973 { | |
| 974 struct glyph *p[1 + LAST_AREA]; | |
| 975 static struct glyph_row null_row; | |
| 976 | |
| 977 /* Save pointers. */ | |
| 978 p[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
| 979 p[TEXT_AREA] = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 980 p[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
| 981 p[LAST_AREA] = row->glyphs[LAST_AREA]; | |
| 982 | |
| 983 /* Clear. */ | |
| 984 *row = null_row; | |
| 985 | |
| 986 /* Restore pointers. */ | |
| 987 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = p[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
| 988 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = p[TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 989 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = p[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
| 990 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] = p[LAST_AREA]; | |
| 991 } | |
| 992 | |
| 993 | |
| 994 /* Make ROW an empty, enabled row of canonical character height, | |
| 995 in window W starting at y-position Y. */ | |
| 996 | |
| 997 void | |
| 998 blank_row (w, row, y) | |
| 999 struct window *w; | |
| 1000 struct glyph_row *row; | |
| 1001 int y; | |
| 1002 { | |
| 1003 int min_y, max_y; | |
| 1004 | |
| 25546 | 1005 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
| 25012 | 1006 max_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w); |
| 1007 | |
| 1008 clear_glyph_row (row); | |
| 1009 row->y = y; | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1010 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1011 row->height = row->phys_height = CANON_Y_UNIT (XFRAME (w->frame)); |
| 25012 | 1012 |
| 1013 if (row->y < min_y) | |
| 1014 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y); | |
| 1015 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y) | |
| 1016 row->visible_height = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y); | |
| 1017 else | |
| 1018 row->visible_height = row->height; | |
| 1019 | |
| 1020 row->enabled_p = 1; | |
| 1021 } | |
| 1022 | |
| 1023 | |
| 1024 /* Increment buffer positions in glyph row ROW. DELTA and DELTA_BYTES | |
| 1025 are the amounts by which to change positions. Note that the first | |
| 1026 glyph of the text area of a row can have a buffer position even if | |
| 1027 the used count of the text area is zero. Such rows display line | |
| 1028 ends. */ | |
| 1029 | |
| 1030 void | |
|
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
1031 increment_row_positions (row, delta, delta_bytes) |
| 25012 | 1032 struct glyph_row *row; |
| 1033 int delta, delta_bytes; | |
| 1034 { | |
| 1035 int area, i; | |
| 1036 | |
| 1037 /* Increment start and end positions. */ | |
| 1038 MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) += delta; | |
| 1039 MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) += delta_bytes; | |
| 1040 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) += delta; | |
| 1041 MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) += delta_bytes; | |
| 1042 | |
| 1043 /* Increment positions in glyphs. */ | |
| 1044 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
| 1045 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area]; ++i) | |
| 1046 if (BUFFERP (row->glyphs[area][i].object) | |
| 1047 && row->glyphs[area][i].charpos > 0) | |
| 1048 row->glyphs[area][i].charpos += delta; | |
| 1049 | |
| 1050 /* Capture the case of rows displaying a line end. */ | |
| 1051 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0 | |
| 1052 && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)) | |
| 1053 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos += delta; | |
| 1054 } | |
| 1055 | |
| 1056 | |
| 1057 /* Swap glyphs between two glyph rows A and B. This exchanges glyph | |
| 1058 contents, i.e. glyph structure contents are exchanged between A and | |
| 1059 B without changing glyph pointers in A and B. */ | |
| 1060 | |
| 1061 static void | |
| 1062 swap_glyphs_in_rows (a, b) | |
| 1063 struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
| 1064 { | |
| 1065 int area; | |
| 1066 | |
| 1067 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
| 1068 { | |
| 1069 /* Number of glyphs to swap. */ | |
| 1070 int max_used = max (a->used[area], b->used[area]); | |
| 1071 | |
| 1072 /* Start of glyphs in area of row A. */ | |
| 1073 struct glyph *glyph_a = a->glyphs[area]; | |
| 1074 | |
| 1075 /* End + 1 of glyphs in area of row A. */ | |
| 1076 struct glyph *glyph_a_end = a->glyphs[max_used]; | |
| 1077 | |
| 1078 /* Start of glyphs in area of row B. */ | |
| 1079 struct glyph *glyph_b = b->glyphs[area]; | |
| 1080 | |
| 1081 while (glyph_a < glyph_a_end) | |
| 1082 { | |
| 1083 /* Non-ISO HP/UX compiler doesn't like auto struct | |
| 1084 initialization. */ | |
| 1085 struct glyph temp; | |
| 1086 temp = *glyph_a; | |
| 1087 *glyph_a = *glyph_b; | |
| 1088 *glyph_b = temp; | |
| 1089 ++glyph_a; | |
| 1090 ++glyph_b; | |
| 314 | 1091 } |
| 1092 } | |
| 1093 } | |
| 25012 | 1094 |
| 1095 | |
| 1096 /* Exchange pointers to glyph memory between glyph rows A and B. */ | |
| 1097 | |
| 1098 static INLINE void | |
| 1099 swap_glyph_pointers (a, b) | |
| 1100 struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
| 1101 { | |
| 1102 int i; | |
| 1103 for (i = 0; i < LAST_AREA + 1; ++i) | |
| 1104 { | |
| 1105 struct glyph *temp = a->glyphs[i]; | |
| 1106 a->glyphs[i] = b->glyphs[i]; | |
| 1107 b->glyphs[i] = temp; | |
| 1108 } | |
| 1109 } | |
| 1110 | |
| 1111 | |
| 1112 /* Copy glyph row structure FROM to glyph row structure TO, except | |
| 1113 that glyph pointers in the structures are left unchanged. */ | |
| 1114 | |
| 1115 INLINE void | |
| 1116 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from) | |
| 1117 struct glyph_row *to, *from; | |
| 1118 { | |
| 1119 struct glyph *pointers[1 + LAST_AREA]; | |
| 1120 | |
| 1121 /* Save glyph pointers of TO. */ | |
| 1122 bcopy (to->glyphs, pointers, sizeof to->glyphs); | |
| 1123 | |
| 1124 /* Do a structure assignment. */ | |
| 1125 *to = *from; | |
| 1126 | |
| 1127 /* Restore original pointers of TO. */ | |
| 1128 bcopy (pointers, to->glyphs, sizeof to->glyphs); | |
| 1129 } | |
| 1130 | |
| 1131 | |
| 1132 /* Copy contents of glyph row FROM to glyph row TO. Glyph pointers in | |
| 1133 TO and FROM are left unchanged. Glyph contents are copied from the | |
| 1134 glyph memory of FROM to the glyph memory of TO. Increment buffer | |
| 1135 positions in row TO by DELTA/ DELTA_BYTES. */ | |
| 1136 | |
| 1137 void | |
| 1138 copy_glyph_row_contents (to, from, delta, delta_bytes) | |
| 1139 struct glyph_row *to, *from; | |
| 1140 int delta, delta_bytes; | |
| 1141 { | |
| 1142 int area; | |
| 1143 | |
| 1144 /* This is like a structure assignment TO = FROM, except that | |
| 1145 glyph pointers in the rows are left unchanged. */ | |
| 1146 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from); | |
| 1147 | |
| 1148 /* Copy glyphs from FROM to TO. */ | |
| 1149 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
| 1150 if (from->used[area]) | |
| 1151 bcopy (from->glyphs[area], to->glyphs[area], | |
| 1152 from->used[area] * sizeof (struct glyph)); | |
| 1153 | |
| 1154 /* Increment buffer positions in TO by DELTA. */ | |
|
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
1155 increment_row_positions (to, delta, delta_bytes); |
| 25012 | 1156 } |
| 1157 | |
| 1158 | |
| 1159 /* Assign glyph row FROM to glyph row TO. This works like a structure | |
| 1160 assignment TO = FROM, except that glyph pointers are not copied but | |
| 1161 exchanged between TO and FROM. Pointers must be exchanged to avoid | |
| 1162 a memory leak. */ | |
| 1163 | |
| 1164 static INLINE void | |
| 1165 assign_row (to, from) | |
| 1166 struct glyph_row *to, *from; | |
| 1167 { | |
| 1168 swap_glyph_pointers (to, from); | |
| 1169 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from); | |
| 1170 } | |
| 1171 | |
| 1172 | |
| 1173 /* Test whether the glyph memory of the glyph row WINDOW_ROW, which is | |
| 1174 a row in a window matrix, is a slice of the glyph memory of the | |
| 1175 glyph row FRAME_ROW which is a row in a frame glyph matrix. Value | |
| 1176 is non-zero if the glyph memory of WINDOW_ROW is part of the glyph | |
| 1177 memory of FRAME_ROW. */ | |
| 1178 | |
| 1179 static int | |
| 1180 glyph_row_slice_p (window_row, frame_row) | |
| 1181 struct glyph_row *window_row, *frame_row; | |
| 1182 { | |
| 1183 struct glyph *window_glyph_start = window_row->glyphs[0]; | |
| 1184 struct glyph *frame_glyph_start = frame_row->glyphs[0]; | |
| 1185 struct glyph *frame_glyph_end = frame_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA]; | |
| 1186 | |
| 1187 return (frame_glyph_start <= window_glyph_start | |
| 1188 && window_glyph_start < frame_glyph_end); | |
| 1189 } | |
| 1190 | |
| 1191 | |
| 1192 /* Find the row in the window glyph matrix WINDOW_MATRIX being a slice | |
| 1193 of ROW in the frame matrix FRAME_MATRIX. Value is null if no row | |
| 1194 in WINDOW_MATRIX is found satisfying the condition. */ | |
| 1195 | |
| 1196 static struct glyph_row * | |
| 1197 find_glyph_row_slice (window_matrix, frame_matrix, row) | |
| 1198 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix, *frame_matrix; | |
| 1199 int row; | |
| 1200 { | |
| 1201 int i; | |
| 1202 | |
| 1203 xassert (row >= 0 && row < frame_matrix->nrows); | |
| 1204 | |
| 1205 for (i = 0; i < window_matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
| 1206 if (glyph_row_slice_p (window_matrix->rows + i, | |
| 1207 frame_matrix->rows + row)) | |
| 1208 break; | |
| 1209 | |
| 1210 return i < window_matrix->nrows ? window_matrix->rows + i : 0; | |
| 1211 } | |
| 1212 | |
| 1213 | |
| 1214 /* Prepare ROW for display. Desired rows are cleared lazily, | |
| 1215 i.e. they are only marked as to be cleared by setting their | |
| 1216 enabled_p flag to zero. When a row is to be displayed, a prior | |
| 1217 call to this function really clears it. */ | |
| 1218 | |
| 1219 void | |
| 1220 prepare_desired_row (row) | |
| 1221 struct glyph_row *row; | |
| 1222 { | |
| 1223 if (!row->enabled_p) | |
| 1224 { | |
| 1225 clear_glyph_row (row); | |
| 1226 row->enabled_p = 1; | |
| 1227 } | |
| 1228 } | |
| 1229 | |
| 1230 | |
| 1231 /* Return a hash code for glyph row ROW. */ | |
| 1232 | |
| 1233 int | |
| 1234 line_hash_code (row) | |
| 1235 struct glyph_row *row; | |
| 1236 { | |
| 1237 int hash = 0; | |
| 1238 | |
| 1239 if (row->enabled_p) | |
| 1240 { | |
| 1241 if (row->inverse_p) | |
| 1242 { | |
| 1243 /* Give all highlighted lines the same hash code | |
| 1244 so as to encourage scrolling to leave them in place. */ | |
| 1245 hash = -1; | |
| 1246 } | |
| 1247 else | |
| 1248 { | |
| 1249 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 1250 struct glyph *end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 1251 | |
| 1252 while (glyph < end) | |
| 1253 { | |
|
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1254 int c = glyph->u.ch; |
|
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1255 int face_id = glyph->face_id; |
| 25012 | 1256 if (must_write_spaces) |
|
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1257 c -= SPACEGLYPH; |
|
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1258 hash = (((hash << 4) + (hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff) + c; |
|
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1259 hash = (((hash << 4) + (hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff) + face_id; |
| 25012 | 1260 ++glyph; |
| 1261 } | |
| 1262 | |
| 1263 if (hash == 0) | |
| 1264 hash = 1; | |
| 1265 } | |
| 1266 } | |
| 1267 | |
| 1268 return hash; | |
| 1269 } | |
| 1270 | |
| 1271 | |
| 1272 /* Return the cost of drawing line VPOS In MATRIX. The cost equals | |
| 1273 the number of characters in the line. If must_write_spaces is | |
| 1274 zero, leading and trailing spaces are ignored. */ | |
| 1275 | |
| 1276 static unsigned int | |
| 1277 line_draw_cost (matrix, vpos) | |
| 1278 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
| 1279 int vpos; | |
| 1280 { | |
| 1281 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows + vpos; | |
| 1282 struct glyph *beg = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 1283 struct glyph *end = beg + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 1284 int len; | |
| 1285 Lisp_Object *glyph_table_base = GLYPH_TABLE_BASE; | |
| 1286 int glyph_table_len = GLYPH_TABLE_LENGTH; | |
| 1287 | |
| 1288 /* Ignore trailing and leading spaces if we can. */ | |
| 1289 if (!must_write_spaces) | |
| 1290 { | |
| 1291 /* Skip from the end over trailing spaces. */ | |
| 1292 while (end != beg && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (*end)) | |
| 1293 --end; | |
| 1294 | |
| 1295 /* All blank line. */ | |
| 1296 if (end == beg) | |
| 1297 return 0; | |
| 1298 | |
| 1299 /* Skip over leading spaces. */ | |
| 1300 while (CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (*beg)) | |
| 1301 ++beg; | |
| 1302 } | |
| 1303 | |
| 1304 /* If we don't have a glyph-table, each glyph is one character, | |
| 1305 so return the number of glyphs. */ | |
| 1306 if (glyph_table_base == 0) | |
| 1307 len = end - beg; | |
| 1308 else | |
| 1309 { | |
| 1310 /* Otherwise, scan the glyphs and accumulate their total length | |
| 1311 in LEN. */ | |
| 1312 len = 0; | |
| 1313 while (beg < end) | |
| 1314 { | |
| 1315 GLYPH g = GLYPH_FROM_CHAR_GLYPH (*beg); | |
| 1316 | |
|
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1317 if (g < 0 |
|
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1318 || GLYPH_SIMPLE_P (glyph_table_base, glyph_table_len, g)) |
| 25012 | 1319 len += 1; |
| 1320 else | |
| 1321 len += GLYPH_LENGTH (glyph_table_base, g); | |
| 1322 | |
| 1323 ++beg; | |
| 1324 } | |
| 1325 } | |
| 1326 | |
| 1327 return len; | |
| 1328 } | |
| 1329 | |
| 1330 | |
| 1331 /* Test two glyph rows A and B for equality. Value is non-zero if A | |
| 1332 and B have equal contents. W is the window to which the glyphs | |
| 1333 rows A and B belong. It is needed here to test for partial row | |
| 1334 visibility. */ | |
| 1335 | |
| 1336 static INLINE int | |
| 1337 row_equal_p (w, a, b) | |
| 1338 struct window *w; | |
| 1339 struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
| 1340 { | |
| 1341 if (a == b) | |
| 1342 return 1; | |
| 1343 else if (a->hash != b->hash) | |
| 1344 return 0; | |
| 1345 else | |
| 1346 { | |
| 1347 struct glyph *a_glyph, *b_glyph, *a_end; | |
| 1348 int area; | |
| 1349 | |
| 1350 /* Compare glyphs. */ | |
| 1351 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
| 1352 { | |
| 1353 if (a->used[area] != b->used[area]) | |
| 1354 return 0; | |
| 1355 | |
| 1356 a_glyph = a->glyphs[area]; | |
| 1357 a_end = a_glyph + a->used[area]; | |
| 1358 b_glyph = b->glyphs[area]; | |
| 1359 | |
| 1360 while (a_glyph < a_end | |
| 1361 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (a_glyph, b_glyph)) | |
| 1362 ++a_glyph, ++b_glyph; | |
| 1363 | |
| 1364 if (a_glyph != a_end) | |
| 1365 return 0; | |
| 1366 } | |
| 1367 | |
| 1368 if (a->truncated_on_left_p != b->truncated_on_left_p | |
| 1369 || a->inverse_p != b->inverse_p | |
| 1370 || a->fill_line_p != b->fill_line_p | |
| 1371 || a->truncated_on_right_p != b->truncated_on_right_p | |
| 1372 || a->overlay_arrow_p != b->overlay_arrow_p | |
| 1373 || a->continued_p != b->continued_p | |
| 1374 || a->indicate_empty_line_p != b->indicate_empty_line_p | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1375 || a->overlapped_p != b->overlapped_p |
| 25012 | 1376 || (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (a) |
| 1377 != MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (b)) | |
| 1378 /* Different partially visible characters on left margin. */ | |
| 1379 || a->x != b->x | |
| 1380 /* Different height. */ | |
| 1381 || a->ascent != b->ascent | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1382 || a->phys_ascent != b->phys_ascent |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1383 || a->phys_height != b->phys_height |
| 25012 | 1384 || a->visible_height != b->visible_height) |
| 1385 return 0; | |
| 1386 } | |
| 1387 | |
| 1388 return 1; | |
| 1389 } | |
| 1390 | |
| 1391 | |
| 314 | 1392 |
| 25012 | 1393 /*********************************************************************** |
| 1394 Glyph Pool | |
| 1395 | |
| 1396 See dispextern.h for an overall explanation of glyph pools. | |
| 1397 ***********************************************************************/ | |
| 1398 | |
| 1399 /* Allocate a glyph_pool structure. The structure returned is | |
| 1400 initialized with zeros. The global variable glyph_pool_count is | |
| 1401 incremented for each pool allocated. */ | |
| 1402 | |
| 1403 static struct glyph_pool * | |
| 1404 new_glyph_pool () | |
| 1405 { | |
| 1406 struct glyph_pool *result; | |
| 1407 | |
| 1408 /* Allocate a new glyph_pool and clear it. */ | |
| 1409 result = (struct glyph_pool *) xmalloc (sizeof *result); | |
| 1410 bzero (result, sizeof *result); | |
| 1411 | |
| 1412 /* For memory leak and double deletion checking. */ | |
| 1413 ++glyph_pool_count; | |
| 1414 | |
| 1415 return result; | |
| 1416 } | |
| 1417 | |
| 1418 | |
| 1419 /* Free a glyph_pool structure POOL. The function may be called with | |
| 1420 a null POOL pointer. The global variable glyph_pool_count is | |
| 1421 decremented with every pool structure freed. If this count gets | |
| 1422 negative, more structures were freed than allocated, i.e. one | |
| 1423 structure must have been freed more than once or a bogus pointer | |
| 1424 was passed to free_glyph_pool. */ | |
| 1425 | |
| 1426 static void | |
| 1427 free_glyph_pool (pool) | |
| 1428 struct glyph_pool *pool; | |
| 1429 { | |
| 1430 if (pool) | |
| 1431 { | |
| 1432 /* More freed than allocated? */ | |
| 1433 --glyph_pool_count; | |
| 1434 xassert (glyph_pool_count >= 0); | |
| 1435 | |
| 1436 xfree (pool->glyphs); | |
| 1437 xfree (pool); | |
| 1438 } | |
| 1439 } | |
| 1440 | |
| 1441 | |
| 1442 /* Enlarge a glyph pool POOL. MATRIX_DIM gives the number of rows and | |
| 1443 columns we need. This function never shrinks a pool. The only | |
| 1444 case in which this would make sense, would be when a frame's size | |
| 1445 is changed from a large value to a smaller one. But, if someone | |
| 1446 does it once, we can expect that he will do it again. | |
| 1447 | |
| 1448 Value is non-zero if the pool changed in a way which makes | |
| 1449 re-adjusting window glyph matrices necessary. */ | |
| 1450 | |
| 1451 static int | |
| 1452 realloc_glyph_pool (pool, matrix_dim) | |
| 1453 struct glyph_pool *pool; | |
| 1454 struct dim matrix_dim; | |
| 1455 { | |
| 1456 int needed; | |
| 1457 int changed_p; | |
| 1458 | |
| 1459 changed_p = (pool->glyphs == 0 | |
| 1460 || matrix_dim.height != pool->nrows | |
| 1461 || matrix_dim.width != pool->ncolumns); | |
| 1462 | |
| 1463 /* Enlarge the glyph pool. */ | |
| 1464 needed = matrix_dim.width * matrix_dim.height; | |
| 1465 if (needed > pool->nglyphs) | |
| 1466 { | |
| 1467 int size = needed * sizeof (struct glyph); | |
| 1468 | |
| 1469 if (pool->glyphs) | |
| 1470 pool->glyphs = (struct glyph *) xrealloc (pool->glyphs, size); | |
| 1471 else | |
| 1472 { | |
| 1473 pool->glyphs = (struct glyph *) xmalloc (size); | |
| 1474 bzero (pool->glyphs, size); | |
| 1475 } | |
| 1476 | |
| 1477 pool->nglyphs = needed; | |
| 1478 } | |
| 1479 | |
| 1480 /* Remember the number of rows and columns because (a) we use then | |
| 1481 to do sanity checks, and (b) the number of columns determines | |
| 1482 where rows in the frame matrix start---this must be available to | |
| 1483 determine pointers to rows of window sub-matrices. */ | |
| 1484 pool->nrows = matrix_dim.height; | |
| 1485 pool->ncolumns = matrix_dim.width; | |
| 1486 | |
| 1487 return changed_p; | |
| 1488 } | |
| 1489 | |
| 1490 | |
| 1491 | |
| 1492 /*********************************************************************** | |
| 1493 Debug Code | |
| 1494 ***********************************************************************/ | |
| 1495 | |
| 1496 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
| 1497 | |
|
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1498 |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1499 /* Flush standard output. This is sometimes useful to call from |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1500 the debugger. */ |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1501 |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1502 void |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1503 flush_stdout () |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1504 { |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1505 fflush (stdout); |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1506 } |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1507 |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1508 |
| 25012 | 1509 /* Check that no glyph pointers have been lost in MATRIX. If a |
| 1510 pointer has been lost, e.g. by using a structure assignment between | |
| 1511 rows, at least one pointer must occur more than once in the rows of | |
| 1512 MATRIX. */ | |
| 1513 | |
| 1514 void | |
| 1515 check_matrix_pointer_lossage (matrix) | |
| 1516 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
| 1517 { | |
| 1518 int i, j; | |
| 1519 | |
| 1520 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
| 1521 for (j = 0; j < matrix->nrows; ++j) | |
| 1522 xassert (i == j | |
| 1523 || (matrix->rows[i].glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
| 1524 != matrix->rows[j].glyphs[TEXT_AREA])); | |
| 1525 } | |
| 1526 | |
| 1527 | |
| 1528 /* Get a pointer to glyph row ROW in MATRIX, with bounds checks. */ | |
| 1529 | |
| 1530 struct glyph_row * | |
| 1531 matrix_row (matrix, row) | |
| 1532 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
| 1533 int row; | |
| 1534 { | |
| 1535 xassert (matrix && matrix->rows); | |
| 1536 xassert (row >= 0 && row < matrix->nrows); | |
| 1537 | |
| 1538 /* That's really too slow for normal testing because this function | |
| 1539 is called almost everywhere. Although---it's still astonishingly | |
| 1540 fast, so it is valuable to have for debugging purposes. */ | |
| 314 | 1541 #if 0 |
| 25012 | 1542 check_matrix_pointer_lossage (matrix); |
| 1543 #endif | |
| 1544 | |
| 1545 return matrix->rows + row; | |
| 1546 } | |
| 1547 | |
| 1548 | |
| 1549 #if 0 /* This function makes invalid assumptions when text is | |
| 1550 partially invisible. But it might come handy for debugging | |
| 1551 nevertheless. */ | |
| 1552 | |
| 1553 /* Check invariants that must hold for an up to date current matrix of | |
| 1554 window W. */ | |
| 1555 | |
| 1556 static void | |
| 1557 check_matrix_invariants (w) | |
| 314 | 1558 struct window *w; |
| 1559 { | |
| 25012 | 1560 struct glyph_matrix *matrix = w->current_matrix; |
| 1561 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
| 1562 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows; | |
| 1563 struct glyph_row *last_text_row = NULL; | |
| 1564 struct buffer *saved = current_buffer; | |
| 1565 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer); | |
| 1566 int c; | |
| 1567 | |
| 1568 /* This can sometimes happen for a fresh window. */ | |
| 1569 if (matrix->nrows < 2) | |
| 1570 return; | |
| 1571 | |
| 1572 set_buffer_temp (buffer); | |
| 1573 | |
| 1574 /* Note: last row is always reserved for the mode line. */ | |
| 1575 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row) | |
| 1576 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < yb) | |
| 1577 { | |
| 1578 struct glyph_row *next = row + 1; | |
| 1579 | |
| 1580 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)) | |
| 1581 last_text_row = row; | |
| 1582 | |
| 1583 /* Check that character and byte positions are in sync. */ | |
| 1584 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) | |
| 1585 == CHAR_TO_BYTE (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row))); | |
| 1586 | |
| 1587 /* CHAR_TO_BYTE aborts when invoked for a position > Z. We can | |
| 1588 have such a position temporarily in case of a minibuffer | |
| 1589 displaying something like `[Sole completion]' at its end. */ | |
| 1590 if (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < BUF_ZV (current_buffer)) | |
| 1591 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) | |
| 1592 == CHAR_TO_BYTE (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))); | |
| 1593 | |
| 1594 /* Check that end position of `row' is equal to start position | |
| 1595 of next row. */ | |
| 1596 if (next->enabled_p && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (next)) | |
| 1597 { | |
| 1598 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) | |
| 1599 == MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (next)); | |
| 1600 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) | |
| 1601 == MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (next)); | |
| 1602 } | |
| 1603 row = next; | |
| 1604 } | |
| 1605 | |
| 1606 xassert (w->current_matrix->nrows == w->desired_matrix->nrows); | |
| 1607 xassert (w->desired_matrix->rows != NULL); | |
| 1608 set_buffer_temp (saved); | |
| 1609 } | |
| 1610 | |
| 1611 #endif /* 0 */ | |
| 1612 | |
| 1613 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */ | |
| 1614 | |
| 1615 | |
| 1616 | |
| 1617 /********************************************************************** | |
| 1618 Allocating/ Adjusting Glyph Matrices | |
| 1619 **********************************************************************/ | |
| 1620 | |
| 1621 /* Allocate glyph matrices over a window tree for a frame-based | |
| 1622 redisplay | |
| 1623 | |
| 1624 X and Y are column/row within the frame glyph matrix where | |
| 1625 sub-matrices for the window tree rooted at WINDOW must be | |
| 1626 allocated. CH_DIM contains the dimensions of the smallest | |
| 1627 character that could be used during display. DIM_ONLY_P non-zero | |
| 1628 means that the caller of this function is only interested in the | |
| 1629 result matrix dimension, and matrix adjustments should not be | |
| 1630 performed. | |
| 1631 | |
| 1632 The function returns the total width/height of the sub-matrices of | |
| 1633 the window tree. If called on a frame root window, the computation | |
| 1634 will take the mini-buffer window into account. | |
| 1635 | |
| 1636 *WINDOW_CHANGE_FLAGS is set to a bit mask with bits | |
| 1637 | |
| 1638 NEW_LEAF_MATRIX set if any window in the tree did not have a | |
| 1639 glyph matrices yet, and | |
| 1640 | |
| 1641 CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX set if the dimension or location of a matrix of | |
| 1642 any window in the tree will be changed or have been changed (see | |
| 1643 DIM_ONLY_P). | |
| 1644 | |
| 1645 *WINDOW_CHANGE_FLAGS must be initialized by the caller of this | |
| 1646 function. | |
| 1647 | |
| 1648 Windows are arranged into chains of windows on the same level | |
| 1649 through the next fields of window structures. Such a level can be | |
| 1650 either a sequence of horizontally adjacent windows from left to | |
| 1651 right, or a sequence of vertically adjacent windows from top to | |
| 1652 bottom. Each window in a horizontal sequence can be either a leaf | |
| 1653 window or a vertical sequence; a window in a vertical sequence can | |
| 1654 be either a leaf or a horizontal sequence. All windows in a | |
| 1655 horizontal sequence have the same height, and all windows in a | |
| 1656 vertical sequence have the same width. | |
| 1657 | |
| 1658 This function uses, for historical reasons, a more general | |
| 1659 algorithm to determine glyph matrix dimensions that would be | |
| 1660 necessary. | |
| 1661 | |
| 1662 The matrix height of a horizontal sequence is determined by the | |
| 1663 maximum height of any matrix in the sequence. The matrix width of | |
| 1664 a horizontal sequence is computed by adding up matrix widths of | |
| 1665 windows in the sequence. | |
| 1666 | |
| 1667 |<------- result width ------->| | |
| 1668 +---------+----------+---------+ --- | |
| 1669 | | | | | | |
| 1670 | | | | | |
| 1671 +---------+ | | result height | |
| 1672 | +---------+ | |
| 1673 | | | | |
| 1674 +----------+ --- | |
| 1675 | |
| 1676 The matrix width of a vertical sequence is the maximum matrix width | |
| 1677 of any window in the sequence. Its height is computed by adding up | |
| 1678 matrix heights of windows in the sequence. | |
| 1679 | |
| 1680 |<---- result width -->| | |
| 1681 +---------+ --- | |
| 1682 | | | | |
| 1683 | | | | |
| 1684 +---------+--+ | | |
| 1685 | | | | |
| 1686 | | result height | |
| 1687 | | | |
| 1688 +------------+---------+ | | |
| 1689 | | | | |
| 1690 | | | | |
| 1691 +------------+---------+ --- */ | |
| 1692 | |
| 1693 /* Bit indicating that a new matrix will be allocated or has been | |
| 1694 allocated. */ | |
| 1695 | |
| 1696 #define NEW_LEAF_MATRIX (1 << 0) | |
| 1697 | |
| 1698 /* Bit indicating that a matrix will or has changed its location or | |
| 1699 size. */ | |
| 1700 | |
| 1701 #define CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX (1 << 1) | |
| 1702 | |
| 1703 static struct dim | |
| 1704 allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (window, x, y, ch_dim, | |
| 1705 dim_only_p, window_change_flags) | |
| 1706 Lisp_Object window; | |
| 1707 int x, y; | |
| 1708 struct dim ch_dim; | |
| 1709 int dim_only_p; | |
| 1710 int *window_change_flags; | |
| 1711 { | |
| 1712 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window))); | |
| 1713 int x0 = x, y0 = y; | |
| 1714 int wmax = 0, hmax = 0; | |
| 1715 struct dim total; | |
| 1716 struct dim dim; | |
| 1717 struct window *w; | |
| 1718 int in_horz_combination_p; | |
| 1719 | |
| 1720 /* What combination is WINDOW part of? Compute this once since the | |
| 1721 result is the same for all windows in the `next' chain. The | |
| 1722 special case of a root window (parent equal to nil) is treated | |
| 1723 like a vertical combination because a root window's `next' | |
| 1724 points to the mini-buffer window, if any, which is arranged | |
| 1725 vertically below other windows. */ | |
| 1726 in_horz_combination_p | |
| 1727 = (!NILP (XWINDOW (window)->parent) | |
| 1728 && !NILP (XWINDOW (XWINDOW (window)->parent)->hchild)); | |
| 1729 | |
| 1730 /* For WINDOW and all windows on the same level. */ | |
| 1731 do | |
| 1732 { | |
| 1733 w = XWINDOW (window); | |
| 1734 | |
| 1735 /* Get the dimension of the window sub-matrix for W, depending | |
| 1736 on whether this a combination or a leaf window. */ | |
| 1737 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
| 1738 dim = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (w->hchild, x, y, ch_dim, | |
| 1739 dim_only_p, | |
| 1740 window_change_flags); | |
| 1741 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
| 1742 dim = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (w->vchild, x, y, ch_dim, | |
| 1743 dim_only_p, | |
| 1744 window_change_flags); | |
| 1745 else | |
| 1746 { | |
| 1747 /* If not already done, allocate sub-matrix structures. */ | |
| 1748 if (w->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
| 1749 { | |
| 1750 w->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->desired_pool); | |
| 1751 w->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->current_pool); | |
| 1752 *window_change_flags |= NEW_LEAF_MATRIX; | |
| 1753 } | |
| 1754 | |
| 1755 /* Width and height MUST be chosen so that there are no | |
| 1756 holes in the frame matrix. */ | |
|
28507
b6f06a755c7d
make_number/XINT/XUINT conversions; EQ/== fixes; ==Qnil -> NILP
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
28361
diff
changeset
|
1757 dim.width = XINT (w->width); |
|
b6f06a755c7d
make_number/XINT/XUINT conversions; EQ/== fixes; ==Qnil -> NILP
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
28361
diff
changeset
|
1758 dim.height = XINT (w->height); |
| 25012 | 1759 |
| 1760 /* Will matrix be re-allocated? */ | |
| 1761 if (x != w->desired_matrix->matrix_x | |
| 1762 || y != w->desired_matrix->matrix_y | |
| 1763 || dim.width != w->desired_matrix->matrix_w | |
| 1764 || dim.height != w->desired_matrix->matrix_h | |
| 1765 || (margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
| 1766 w->right_margin_width) | |
| 1767 != w->desired_matrix->left_margin_glyphs) | |
| 1768 || (margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
| 1769 w->left_margin_width) | |
| 1770 != w->desired_matrix->right_margin_glyphs)) | |
| 1771 *window_change_flags |= CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX; | |
| 1772 | |
| 1773 /* Actually change matrices, if allowed. Do not consider | |
| 1774 CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX computed above here because the pool | |
| 1775 may have been changed which we don't now here. We trust | |
| 1776 that we only will be called with DIM_ONLY_P != 0 when | |
| 1777 necessary. */ | |
| 1778 if (!dim_only_p) | |
| 1779 { | |
| 1780 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->desired_matrix, x, y, dim); | |
| 1781 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->current_matrix, x, y, dim); | |
| 1782 } | |
| 1783 } | |
| 1784 | |
| 1785 /* If we are part of a horizontal combination, advance x for | |
| 1786 windows to the right of W; otherwise advance y for windows | |
| 1787 below W. */ | |
| 1788 if (in_horz_combination_p) | |
| 1789 x += dim.width; | |
| 1790 else | |
| 1791 y += dim.height; | |
| 1792 | |
| 1793 /* Remember maximum glyph matrix dimensions. */ | |
| 1794 wmax = max (wmax, dim.width); | |
| 1795 hmax = max (hmax, dim.height); | |
| 1796 | |
| 1797 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
| 1798 window = w->next; | |
| 1799 } | |
| 1800 while (!NILP (window)); | |
| 1801 | |
| 1802 /* Set `total' to the total glyph matrix dimension of this window | |
| 1803 level. In a vertical combination, the width is the width of the | |
| 1804 widest window; the height is the y we finally reached, corrected | |
| 1805 by the y we started with. In a horizontal combination, the total | |
| 1806 height is the height of the tallest window, and the width is the | |
| 1807 x we finally reached, corrected by the x we started with. */ | |
| 1808 if (in_horz_combination_p) | |
| 1809 { | |
| 1810 total.width = x - x0; | |
| 1811 total.height = hmax; | |
| 1812 } | |
| 1813 else | |
| 1814 { | |
| 1815 total.width = wmax; | |
| 1816 total.height = y - y0; | |
| 1817 } | |
| 1818 | |
| 1819 return total; | |
| 1820 } | |
| 1821 | |
| 1822 | |
| 1823 /* Allocate window matrices for window-based redisplay. W is the | |
| 1824 window whose matrices must be allocated/reallocated. CH_DIM is the | |
| 1825 size of the smallest character that could potentially be used on W. */ | |
| 1826 | |
| 1827 static void | |
| 1828 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w, ch_dim) | |
| 1829 struct window *w; | |
| 1830 struct dim ch_dim; | |
| 1831 { | |
| 1832 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
| 1833 | |
| 1834 while (w) | |
| 314 | 1835 { |
| 25012 | 1836 if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
| 1837 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (w->vchild), ch_dim); | |
| 1838 else if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
| 1839 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (w->hchild), ch_dim); | |
| 1840 else | |
| 314 | 1841 { |
| 25012 | 1842 /* W is a leaf window. */ |
| 1843 int window_pixel_width = XFLOATINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); | |
| 1844 int window_pixel_height = window_box_height (w) + abs (w->vscroll); | |
| 1845 struct dim dim; | |
| 1846 | |
| 1847 /* If matrices are not yet allocated, allocate them now. */ | |
| 1848 if (w->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
| 314 | 1849 { |
| 25012 | 1850 w->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (NULL); |
| 1851 w->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (NULL); | |
| 314 | 1852 } |
| 25012 | 1853 |
| 1854 /* Compute number of glyphs needed in a glyph row. */ | |
| 1855 dim.width = (((window_pixel_width + ch_dim.width - 1) | |
| 1856 / ch_dim.width) | |
| 1857 /* 2 partially visible columns in the text area. */ | |
| 1858 + 2 | |
| 1859 /* One partially visible column at the right | |
| 1860 edge of each marginal area. */ | |
| 1861 + 1 + 1); | |
| 1862 | |
| 1863 /* Compute number of glyph rows needed. */ | |
| 1864 dim.height = (((window_pixel_height + ch_dim.height - 1) | |
| 1865 / ch_dim.height) | |
| 1866 /* One partially visible line at the top and | |
| 1867 bottom of the window. */ | |
| 1868 + 2 | |
| 1869 /* 2 for top and mode line. */ | |
| 1870 + 2); | |
| 1871 | |
| 1872 /* Change matrices. */ | |
| 1873 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, dim); | |
| 1874 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, dim); | |
| 1875 } | |
| 1876 | |
| 1877 w = NILP (w->next) ? NULL : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
| 1878 } | |
| 1879 } | |
| 1880 | |
| 1881 | |
| 1882 /* Re-allocate/ re-compute glyph matrices on frame F. If F is null, | |
| 1883 do it for all frames; otherwise do it just for the given frame. | |
| 1884 This function must be called when a new frame is created, its size | |
| 1885 changes, or its window configuration changes. */ | |
| 1886 | |
| 1887 void | |
| 1888 adjust_glyphs (f) | |
| 1889 struct frame *f; | |
| 1890 { | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1891 /* Block input so that expose events and other events that access |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1892 glyph matrices are not processed while we are changing them. */ |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1893 BLOCK_INPUT; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1894 |
| 25012 | 1895 if (f) |
| 1896 adjust_frame_glyphs (f); | |
| 1897 else | |
| 1898 { | |
| 1899 Lisp_Object tail, lisp_frame; | |
| 1900 | |
| 1901 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, lisp_frame) | |
| 1902 adjust_frame_glyphs (XFRAME (lisp_frame)); | |
| 1903 } | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1904 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1905 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 25012 | 1906 } |
| 1907 | |
| 1908 | |
| 1909 /* Adjust frame glyphs when Emacs is initialized. | |
| 1910 | |
| 1911 To be called from init_display. | |
| 1912 | |
| 1913 We need a glyph matrix because redraw will happen soon. | |
| 1914 Unfortunately, window sizes on selected_frame are not yet set to | |
| 1915 meaningful values. I believe we can assume that there are only two | |
| 1916 windows on the frame---the mini-buffer and the root window. Frame | |
| 1917 height and width seem to be correct so far. So, set the sizes of | |
| 1918 windows to estimated values. */ | |
| 1919 | |
| 1920 static void | |
| 1921 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially () | |
| 1922 { | |
|
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
1923 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
|
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
1924 struct window *root = XWINDOW (sf->root_window); |
| 25012 | 1925 struct window *mini = XWINDOW (root->next); |
|
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
1926 int frame_height = FRAME_HEIGHT (sf); |
|
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
1927 int frame_width = FRAME_WIDTH (sf); |
|
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
1928 int top_margin = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (sf); |
| 25012 | 1929 |
| 1930 /* Do it for the root window. */ | |
| 1931 XSETFASTINT (root->top, top_margin); | |
| 1932 XSETFASTINT (root->width, frame_width); | |
|
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
1933 set_window_height (sf->root_window, frame_height - 1 - top_margin, 0); |
| 25012 | 1934 |
| 1935 /* Do it for the mini-buffer window. */ | |
| 1936 XSETFASTINT (mini->top, frame_height - 1); | |
| 1937 XSETFASTINT (mini->width, frame_width); | |
| 1938 set_window_height (root->next, 1, 0); | |
| 1939 | |
|
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
1940 adjust_frame_glyphs (sf); |
| 25012 | 1941 glyphs_initialized_initially_p = 1; |
| 1942 } | |
| 1943 | |
| 1944 | |
| 1945 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F. */ | |
| 1946 | |
| 1947 static void | |
| 1948 adjust_frame_glyphs (f) | |
| 1949 struct frame *f; | |
| 1950 { | |
| 1951 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) | |
| 1952 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay (f); | |
| 1953 else | |
| 1954 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay (f); | |
| 1955 | |
| 1956 /* Don't forget the message buffer and the buffer for | |
| 1957 decode_mode_spec. */ | |
| 1958 adjust_frame_message_buffer (f); | |
| 1959 adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer (f); | |
| 1960 | |
| 1961 f->glyphs_initialized_p = 1; | |
| 1962 } | |
| 1963 | |
| 1964 | |
| 1965 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F for | |
| 1966 frame-based redisplay. */ | |
| 1967 | |
| 1968 static void | |
| 1969 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay (f) | |
| 1970 struct frame *f; | |
| 1971 { | |
| 1972 struct dim ch_dim; | |
| 1973 struct dim matrix_dim; | |
| 1974 int pool_changed_p; | |
| 1975 int window_change_flags; | |
| 1976 int top_window_y; | |
| 1977 | |
| 1978 if (!FRAME_LIVE_P (f)) | |
| 1979 return; | |
| 1980 | |
| 1981 /* Determine the smallest character in any font for F. On | |
| 1982 console windows, all characters have dimension (1, 1). */ | |
| 1983 ch_dim.width = ch_dim.height = 1; | |
| 1984 | |
| 1985 top_window_y = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f); | |
| 1986 | |
| 1987 /* Allocate glyph pool structures if not already done. */ | |
| 1988 if (f->desired_pool == NULL) | |
| 1989 { | |
| 1990 f->desired_pool = new_glyph_pool (); | |
| 1991 f->current_pool = new_glyph_pool (); | |
| 1992 } | |
| 1993 | |
| 1994 /* Allocate frames matrix structures if needed. */ | |
| 1995 if (f->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
| 1996 { | |
| 1997 f->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->desired_pool); | |
| 1998 f->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->current_pool); | |
| 1999 } | |
| 2000 | |
| 2001 /* Compute window glyph matrices. (This takes the mini-buffer | |
| 2002 window into account). The result is the size of the frame glyph | |
| 2003 matrix needed. The variable window_change_flags is set to a bit | |
| 2004 mask indicating whether new matrices will be allocated or | |
| 2005 existing matrices change their size or location within the frame | |
| 2006 matrix. */ | |
| 2007 window_change_flags = 0; | |
| 2008 matrix_dim | |
| 2009 = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
| 2010 0, top_window_y, | |
| 2011 ch_dim, 1, | |
| 2012 &window_change_flags); | |
| 2013 | |
| 2014 /* Add in menu bar lines, if any. */ | |
| 2015 matrix_dim.height += top_window_y; | |
| 2016 | |
| 2017 /* Enlarge pools as necessary. */ | |
| 2018 pool_changed_p = realloc_glyph_pool (f->desired_pool, matrix_dim); | |
| 2019 realloc_glyph_pool (f->current_pool, matrix_dim); | |
| 2020 | |
| 2021 /* Set up glyph pointers within window matrices. Do this only if | |
| 2022 absolutely necessary since it requires a frame redraw. */ | |
| 2023 if (pool_changed_p || window_change_flags) | |
| 2024 { | |
| 2025 /* Do it for window matrices. */ | |
| 2026 allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
| 2027 0, top_window_y, ch_dim, 0, | |
| 2028 &window_change_flags); | |
| 2029 | |
| 2030 /* Size of frame matrices must equal size of frame. Note | |
| 2031 that we are called for X frames with window widths NOT equal | |
| 2032 to the frame width (from CHANGE_FRAME_SIZE_1). */ | |
| 2033 xassert (matrix_dim.width == FRAME_WIDTH (f) | |
| 2034 && matrix_dim.height == FRAME_HEIGHT (f)); | |
| 2035 | |
| 2036 /* Resize frame matrices. */ | |
| 2037 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->desired_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); | |
| 2038 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->current_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); | |
| 2039 | |
| 2040 /* Since location and size of sub-matrices within the pool may | |
| 2041 have changed, and current matrices don't have meaningful | |
| 2042 contents anymore, mark the frame garbaged. */ | |
| 2043 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); | |
| 2044 } | |
| 2045 } | |
| 2046 | |
| 2047 | |
| 2048 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F for | |
| 2049 window-based redisplay. */ | |
| 2050 | |
| 2051 static void | |
| 2052 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay (f) | |
| 2053 struct frame *f; | |
| 2054 { | |
| 2055 struct dim ch_dim; | |
| 2056 struct window *w; | |
| 2057 | |
| 2058 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) && FRAME_LIVE_P (f)); | |
| 2059 | |
| 2060 /* Get minimum sizes. */ | |
| 2061 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM | |
| 2062 ch_dim.width = FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f); | |
| 2063 ch_dim.height = FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f); | |
| 2064 #else | |
| 2065 ch_dim.width = ch_dim.height = 1; | |
| 2066 #endif | |
| 2067 | |
| 2068 /* Allocate/reallocate window matrices. */ | |
| 2069 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), | |
| 2070 ch_dim); | |
| 2071 | |
| 2072 /* Allocate/ reallocate matrices of the dummy window used to display | |
| 2073 the menu bar under X when no X toolkit support is available. */ | |
| 2074 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT | |
| 2075 { | |
| 2076 /* Allocate a dummy window if not already done. */ | |
| 2077 if (NILP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
| 2078 { | |
| 2079 f->menu_bar_window = make_window (); | |
| 2080 w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
| 2081 XSETFRAME (w->frame, f); | |
| 2082 w->pseudo_window_p = 1; | |
| 2083 } | |
| 2084 else | |
| 2085 w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
| 2086 | |
| 2087 /* Set window dimensions to frame dimensions and allocate or | |
| 2088 adjust glyph matrices of W. */ | |
| 2089 XSETFASTINT (w->top, 0); | |
| 2090 XSETFASTINT (w->left, 0); | |
| 2091 XSETFASTINT (w->height, FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f)); | |
| 2092 XSETFASTINT (w->width, FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)); | |
| 2093 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w, ch_dim); | |
| 2094 } | |
| 2095 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
| 2096 | |
|
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2097 /* Allocate/ reallocate matrices of the tool bar window. If we |
|
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2098 don't have a tool bar window yet, make one. */ |
|
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2099 if (NILP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
| 25012 | 2100 { |
|
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2101 f->tool_bar_window = make_window (); |
|
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2102 w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
| 25012 | 2103 XSETFRAME (w->frame, f); |
| 2104 w->pseudo_window_p = 1; | |
| 2105 } | |
| 2106 else | |
|
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2107 w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
| 25012 | 2108 |
| 2109 XSETFASTINT (w->top, FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f)); | |
| 2110 XSETFASTINT (w->left, 0); | |
|
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2111 XSETFASTINT (w->height, FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f)); |
| 25012 | 2112 XSETFASTINT (w->width, FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)); |
| 2113 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w, ch_dim); | |
| 2114 } | |
| 2115 | |
| 2116 | |
| 2117 /* Adjust/ allocate message buffer of frame F. | |
| 2118 | |
| 2119 Note that the message buffer is never freed. Since I could not | |
| 2120 find a free in 19.34, I assume that freeing it would be | |
| 2121 problematic in some way and don't do it either. | |
| 2122 | |
| 2123 (Implementation note: It should be checked if we can free it | |
| 2124 eventually without causing trouble). */ | |
| 2125 | |
| 2126 static void | |
| 2127 adjust_frame_message_buffer (f) | |
| 2128 struct frame *f; | |
| 2129 { | |
| 2130 int size = FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) + 1; | |
| 2131 | |
| 2132 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f)) | |
| 2133 { | |
| 2134 char *buffer = FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f); | |
| 2135 char *new_buffer = (char *) xrealloc (buffer, size); | |
| 2136 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f) = new_buffer; | |
| 2137 } | |
| 2138 else | |
| 2139 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f) = (char *) xmalloc (size); | |
| 2140 } | |
| 2141 | |
| 2142 | |
| 2143 /* Re-allocate buffer for decode_mode_spec on frame F. */ | |
| 2144 | |
| 2145 static void | |
| 2146 adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer (f) | |
| 2147 struct frame *f; | |
| 2148 { | |
| 2149 f->decode_mode_spec_buffer | |
| 2150 = (char *) xrealloc (f->decode_mode_spec_buffer, | |
| 2151 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) + 1); | |
| 2152 } | |
| 2153 | |
| 2154 | |
| 2155 | |
| 2156 /********************************************************************** | |
| 2157 Freeing Glyph Matrices | |
| 2158 **********************************************************************/ | |
| 2159 | |
| 2160 /* Free glyph memory for a frame F. F may be null. This function can | |
| 2161 be called for the same frame more than once. The root window of | |
| 2162 F may be nil when this function is called. This is the case when | |
| 2163 the function is called when F is destroyed. */ | |
| 2164 | |
| 2165 void | |
| 2166 free_glyphs (f) | |
| 2167 struct frame *f; | |
| 2168 { | |
| 2169 if (f && f->glyphs_initialized_p) | |
| 2170 { | |
|
27968
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2171 /* Block interrupt input so that we don't get surprised by an X |
|
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2172 event while we're in an inconsistent state. */ |
|
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2173 BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 25012 | 2174 f->glyphs_initialized_p = 0; |
| 2175 | |
| 2176 /* Release window sub-matrices. */ | |
| 2177 if (!NILP (f->root_window)) | |
| 2178 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (f->root_window)); | |
| 2179 | |
| 2180 /* Free the dummy window for menu bars without X toolkit and its | |
| 2181 glyph matrices. */ | |
| 2182 if (!NILP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
| 2183 { | |
| 2184 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
| 2185 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
| 2186 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
| 2187 w->desired_matrix = w->current_matrix = NULL; | |
| 2188 f->menu_bar_window = Qnil; | |
| 2189 } | |
| 2190 | |
|
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2191 /* Free the tool bar window and its glyph matrices. */ |
|
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2192 if (!NILP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
| 25012 | 2193 { |
|
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2194 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
| 25012 | 2195 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); |
| 2196 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
| 2197 w->desired_matrix = w->current_matrix = NULL; | |
|
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2198 f->tool_bar_window = Qnil; |
| 25012 | 2199 } |
| 2200 | |
| 2201 /* Release frame glyph matrices. Reset fields to zero in | |
| 2202 case we are called a second time. */ | |
| 2203 if (f->desired_matrix) | |
| 2204 { | |
| 2205 free_glyph_matrix (f->desired_matrix); | |
| 2206 free_glyph_matrix (f->current_matrix); | |
| 2207 f->desired_matrix = f->current_matrix = NULL; | |
| 2208 } | |
| 2209 | |
| 2210 /* Release glyph pools. */ | |
| 2211 if (f->desired_pool) | |
| 2212 { | |
| 2213 free_glyph_pool (f->desired_pool); | |
| 2214 free_glyph_pool (f->current_pool); | |
| 2215 f->desired_pool = f->current_pool = NULL; | |
| 314 | 2216 } |
|
27968
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2217 |
|
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2218 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 314 | 2219 } |
| 2220 } | |
| 2221 | |
| 25012 | 2222 |
| 2223 /* Free glyph sub-matrices in the window tree rooted at W. This | |
| 2224 function may be called with a null pointer, and it may be called on | |
| 2225 the same tree more than once. */ | |
| 2226 | |
| 2227 void | |
| 2228 free_window_matrices (w) | |
| 2229 struct window *w; | |
| 2230 { | |
| 2231 while (w) | |
| 2232 { | |
| 2233 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
| 2234 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
| 2235 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
| 2236 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
| 2237 else | |
| 2238 { | |
| 2239 /* This is a leaf window. Free its memory and reset fields | |
| 2240 to zero in case this function is called a second time for | |
| 2241 W. */ | |
| 2242 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
| 2243 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
| 2244 w->current_matrix = w->desired_matrix = NULL; | |
| 2245 } | |
| 2246 | |
| 2247 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
| 2248 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
| 2249 } | |
| 2250 } | |
| 2251 | |
| 2252 | |
| 2253 /* Check glyph memory leaks. This function is called from | |
| 2254 shut_down_emacs. Note that frames are not destroyed when Emacs | |
| 2255 exits. We therefore free all glyph memory for all active frames | |
| 2256 explicitly and check that nothing is left allocated. */ | |
|
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2257 |
|
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2258 void |
| 25012 | 2259 check_glyph_memory () |
|
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2260 { |
| 25012 | 2261 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
| 2262 | |
| 2263 /* Free glyph memory for all frames. */ | |
| 2264 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
| 2265 free_glyphs (XFRAME (frame)); | |
| 2266 | |
| 2267 /* Check that nothing is left allocated. */ | |
| 2268 if (glyph_matrix_count) | |
| 2269 abort (); | |
| 2270 if (glyph_pool_count) | |
| 2271 abort (); | |
| 2272 } | |
| 2273 | |
| 2274 | |
| 2275 | |
| 2276 /********************************************************************** | |
| 2277 Building a Frame Matrix | |
| 2278 **********************************************************************/ | |
| 2279 | |
| 2280 /* Most of the redisplay code works on glyph matrices attached to | |
| 2281 windows. This is a good solution most of the time, but it is not | |
| 2282 suitable for terminal code. Terminal output functions cannot rely | |
| 2283 on being able to set an arbitrary terminal window. Instead they | |
| 2284 must be provided with a view of the whole frame, i.e. the whole | |
| 2285 screen. We build such a view by constructing a frame matrix from | |
| 2286 window matrices in this section. | |
| 2287 | |
| 2288 Windows that must be updated have their must_be_update_p flag set. | |
| 2289 For all such windows, their desired matrix is made part of the | |
| 2290 desired frame matrix. For other windows, their current matrix is | |
| 2291 made part of the desired frame matrix. | |
| 2292 | |
| 2293 +-----------------+----------------+ | |
| 2294 | desired | desired | | |
| 2295 | | | | |
| 2296 +-----------------+----------------+ | |
| 2297 | current | | |
| 2298 | | | |
| 2299 +----------------------------------+ | |
| 2300 | |
| 2301 Desired window matrices can be made part of the frame matrix in a | |
| 2302 cheap way: We exploit the fact that the desired frame matrix and | |
| 2303 desired window matrices share their glyph memory. This is not | |
| 2304 possible for current window matrices. Their glyphs are copied to | |
| 2305 the desired frame matrix. The latter is equivalent to | |
| 2306 preserve_other_columns in the old redisplay. | |
| 2307 | |
| 2308 Used glyphs counters for frame matrix rows are the result of adding | |
| 2309 up glyph lengths of the window matrices. A line in the frame | |
| 2310 matrix is enabled, if a corresponding line in a window matrix is | |
| 2311 enabled. | |
| 2312 | |
| 2313 After building the desired frame matrix, it will be passed to | |
| 2314 terminal code, which will manipulate both the desired and current | |
| 2315 frame matrix. Changes applied to the frame's current matrix have | |
| 2316 to be visible in current window matrices afterwards, of course. | |
| 2317 | |
| 2318 This problem is solved like this: | |
| 2319 | |
| 2320 1. Window and frame matrices share glyphs. Window matrices are | |
| 2321 constructed in a way that their glyph contents ARE the glyph | |
| 2322 contents needed in a frame matrix. Thus, any modification of | |
| 2323 glyphs done in terminal code will be reflected in window matrices | |
| 2324 automatically. | |
| 2325 | |
| 2326 2. Exchanges of rows in a frame matrix done by terminal code are | |
| 2327 intercepted by hook functions so that corresponding row operations | |
| 2328 on window matrices can be performed. This is necessary because we | |
| 2329 use pointers to glyphs in glyph row structures. To satisfy the | |
| 2330 assumption of point 1 above that glyphs are updated implicitly in | |
| 2331 window matrices when they are manipulated via the frame matrix, | |
| 2332 window and frame matrix must of course agree where to find the | |
| 2333 glyphs for their rows. Possible manipulations that must be | |
| 2334 mirrored are assignments of rows of the desired frame matrix to the | |
| 2335 current frame matrix and scrolling the current frame matrix. */ | |
| 2336 | |
| 2337 /* Build frame F's desired matrix from window matrices. Only windows | |
| 2338 which have the flag must_be_updated_p set have to be updated. Menu | |
| 2339 bar lines of a frame are not covered by window matrices, so make | |
| 2340 sure not to touch them in this function. */ | |
| 2341 | |
| 2342 static void | |
| 2343 build_frame_matrix (f) | |
| 2344 struct frame *f; | |
| 2345 { | |
|
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2346 int i; |
|
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2347 |
| 25012 | 2348 /* F must have a frame matrix when this function is called. */ |
| 2349 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
| 2350 | |
| 2351 /* Clear all rows in the frame matrix covered by window matrices. | |
| 2352 Menu bar lines are not covered by windows. */ | |
| 2353 for (i = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f); i < f->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
| 2354 clear_glyph_row (MATRIX_ROW (f->desired_matrix, i)); | |
| 2355 | |
| 2356 /* Build the matrix by walking the window tree. */ | |
| 2357 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (f->desired_matrix, | |
| 2358 XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
| 2359 } | |
| 2360 | |
| 2361 | |
| 2362 /* Walk a window tree, building a frame matrix MATRIX from window | |
| 2363 matrices. W is the root of a window tree. */ | |
| 2364 | |
| 2365 static void | |
| 2366 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, w) | |
| 2367 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
| 2368 struct window *w; | |
| 2369 { | |
| 2370 while (w) | |
|
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2371 { |
| 25012 | 2372 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
| 2373 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
| 2374 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
| 2375 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
| 2376 else | |
| 2377 build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window (matrix, w); | |
| 2378 | |
| 2379 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
|
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2380 } |
|
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2381 } |
|
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2382 |
| 25012 | 2383 |
| 2384 /* Add a window's matrix to a frame matrix. FRAME_MATRIX is the | |
| 2385 desired frame matrix built. W is a leaf window whose desired or | |
| 2386 current matrix is to be added to FRAME_MATRIX. W's flag | |
| 2387 must_be_updated_p determines which matrix it contributes to | |
| 2388 FRAME_MATRIX. If must_be_updated_p is non-zero, W's desired matrix | |
| 2389 is added to FRAME_MATRIX, otherwise W's current matrix is added. | |
| 2390 Adding a desired matrix means setting up used counters and such in | |
| 2391 frame rows, while adding a current window matrix to FRAME_MATRIX | |
| 2392 means copying glyphs. The latter case corresponds to | |
| 2393 preserve_other_columns in the old redisplay. */ | |
| 2394 | |
| 2395 static void | |
| 2396 build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window (frame_matrix, w) | |
| 2397 struct glyph_matrix *frame_matrix; | |
|
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2398 struct window *w; |
|
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2399 { |
| 25012 | 2400 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix; |
| 2401 int window_y, frame_y; | |
| 2402 /* If non-zero, a glyph to insert at the right border of W. */ | |
| 2403 GLYPH right_border_glyph = 0; | |
| 2404 | |
| 2405 /* Set window_matrix to the matrix we have to add to FRAME_MATRIX. */ | |
| 2406 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
| 2407 { | |
| 2408 window_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
| 2409 | |
| 2410 /* Decide whether we want to add a vertical border glyph. */ | |
| 2411 if (!WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w)) | |
| 2412 { | |
| 2413 struct Lisp_Char_Table *dp = window_display_table (w); | |
| 2414 right_border_glyph = (dp && INTEGERP (DISP_BORDER_GLYPH (dp)) | |
| 2415 ? XINT (DISP_BORDER_GLYPH (dp)) | |
| 2416 : '|'); | |
| 2417 } | |
| 2418 } | |
| 2419 else | |
| 2420 window_matrix = w->current_matrix; | |
| 2421 | |
| 2422 /* For all rows in the window matrix and corresponding rows in the | |
| 2423 frame matrix. */ | |
| 2424 window_y = 0; | |
| 2425 frame_y = window_matrix->matrix_y; | |
| 2426 while (window_y < window_matrix->nrows) | |
|
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2427 { |
| 25012 | 2428 struct glyph_row *frame_row = frame_matrix->rows + frame_y; |
| 2429 struct glyph_row *window_row = window_matrix->rows + window_y; | |
| 2430 | |
| 2431 /* Fill up the frame row with spaces up to the left margin of the | |
| 2432 window row. */ | |
| 2433 fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces (frame_row, window_matrix->matrix_x); | |
| 2434 | |
| 2435 /* Fill up areas in the window matrix row with spaces. */ | |
| 2436 fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces (window_row); | |
| 2437 | |
| 2438 if (window_matrix == w->current_matrix) | |
|
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2439 { |
| 25012 | 2440 /* We have to copy W's current matrix. Copy window |
| 2441 row to frame row. */ | |
| 2442 bcopy (window_row->glyphs[0], | |
| 2443 frame_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + window_matrix->matrix_x, | |
| 2444 window_matrix->matrix_w * sizeof (struct glyph)); | |
| 2445 } | |
| 2446 else | |
| 2447 { | |
| 2448 /* Copy W's desired matrix. */ | |
| 2449 | |
| 2450 /* Maybe insert a vertical border between horizontally adjacent | |
| 2451 windows. */ | |
| 2452 if (right_border_glyph) | |
| 2453 { | |
| 2454 struct glyph *border = window_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] - 1; | |
| 2455 SET_CHAR_GLYPH_FROM_GLYPH (*border, right_border_glyph); | |
| 2456 } | |
| 2457 | |
|
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2458 #if 0 /* This shouldn't be necessary. Let's check it. */ |
| 25012 | 2459 /* Due to hooks installed, it normally doesn't happen that |
| 2460 window rows and frame rows of the same matrix are out of | |
| 2461 sync, i.e. have a different understanding of where to | |
| 2462 find glyphs for the row. The following is a safety-belt | |
| 2463 that doesn't cost much and makes absolutely sure that | |
| 2464 window and frame matrices are in sync. */ | |
| 2465 if (!glyph_row_slice_p (window_row, frame_row)) | |
|
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2466 { |
| 25012 | 2467 /* Find the row in the window being a slice. There |
| 2468 should exist one from program logic. */ | |
| 2469 struct glyph_row *slice_row | |
| 2470 = find_glyph_row_slice (window_matrix, frame_matrix, frame_y); | |
| 2471 xassert (slice_row != 0); | |
| 2472 | |
| 2473 /* Exchange glyphs between both window rows. */ | |
| 2474 swap_glyphs_in_rows (window_row, slice_row); | |
| 2475 | |
| 2476 /* Exchange pointers between both rows. */ | |
| 2477 swap_glyph_pointers (window_row, slice_row); | |
|
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2478 } |
|
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2479 #endif |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2480 |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2481 /* Window row window_y must be a slice of frame row |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2482 frame_y. */ |
| 25012 | 2483 xassert (glyph_row_slice_p (window_row, frame_row)); |
|
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2484 |
| 25012 | 2485 /* If rows are in sync, we don't have to copy glyphs because |
| 2486 frame and window share glyphs. */ | |
|
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2487 |
|
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2488 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
|
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2489 strcpy (w->current_matrix->method, w->desired_matrix->method); |
|
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2490 #endif |
| 25012 | 2491 } |
| 2492 | |
| 2493 /* Set number of used glyphs in the frame matrix. Since we fill | |
| 2494 up with spaces, and visit leaf windows from left to right it | |
| 2495 can be done simply. */ | |
| 2496 frame_row->used[TEXT_AREA] | |
| 2497 = window_matrix->matrix_x + window_matrix->matrix_w; | |
| 2498 | |
| 2499 /* Or in flags. */ | |
| 2500 frame_row->enabled_p |= window_row->enabled_p; | |
| 2501 frame_row->inverse_p |= window_row->inverse_p; | |
| 2502 | |
| 2503 /* Next row. */ | |
| 2504 ++window_y; | |
| 2505 ++frame_y; | |
| 2506 } | |
| 2507 } | |
| 2508 | |
| 2509 | |
| 2510 /* Add spaces to a glyph row ROW in a window matrix. | |
| 2511 | |
| 2512 Each row has the form: | |
| 2513 | |
| 2514 +---------+-----------------------------+------------+ | |
| 2515 | left | text | right | | |
| 2516 +---------+-----------------------------+------------+ | |
| 2517 | |
| 2518 Left and right marginal areas are optional. This function adds | |
| 2519 spaces to areas so that there are no empty holes between areas. | |
| 2520 In other words: If the right area is not empty, the text area | |
| 2521 is filled up with spaces up to the right area. If the text area | |
| 2522 is not empty, the left area is filled up. | |
| 2523 | |
| 2524 To be called for frame-based redisplay, only. */ | |
| 2525 | |
| 2526 static void | |
| 2527 fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces (row) | |
| 2528 struct glyph_row *row; | |
| 2529 { | |
| 2530 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); | |
| 2531 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, TEXT_AREA); | |
| 2532 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA); | |
| 2533 } | |
| 2534 | |
| 2535 | |
| 2536 /* Fill area AREA of glyph row ROW with spaces. To be called for | |
| 2537 frame-based redisplay only. */ | |
| 2538 | |
| 2539 static void | |
| 2540 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, area) | |
| 2541 struct glyph_row *row; | |
| 2542 int area; | |
| 2543 { | |
| 2544 if (row->glyphs[area] < row->glyphs[area + 1]) | |
| 2545 { | |
| 2546 struct glyph *end = row->glyphs[area + 1]; | |
| 2547 struct glyph *text = row->glyphs[area] + row->used[area]; | |
| 2548 | |
| 2549 while (text < end) | |
| 2550 *text++ = space_glyph; | |
| 2551 row->used[area] = text - row->glyphs[area]; | |
| 2552 } | |
| 2553 } | |
| 2554 | |
| 2555 | |
| 2556 /* Add spaces to the end of ROW in a frame matrix until index UPTO is | |
| 2557 reached. In frame matrices only one area, TEXT_AREA, is used. */ | |
| 2558 | |
| 2559 static void | |
| 2560 fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces (row, upto) | |
| 2561 struct glyph_row *row; | |
| 2562 int upto; | |
| 2563 { | |
| 2564 int i = row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 2565 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 2566 | |
| 2567 while (i < upto) | |
| 2568 glyph[i++] = space_glyph; | |
| 2569 | |
| 2570 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = i; | |
| 2571 } | |
| 2572 | |
| 2573 | |
| 2574 | |
| 2575 /********************************************************************** | |
| 2576 Mirroring operations on frame matrices in window matrices | |
| 2577 **********************************************************************/ | |
| 2578 | |
| 2579 /* Set frame being updated via frame-based redisplay to F. This | |
| 2580 function must be called before updates to make explicit that we are | |
| 2581 working on frame matrices or not. */ | |
| 2582 | |
| 2583 static INLINE void | |
| 2584 set_frame_matrix_frame (f) | |
| 2585 struct frame *f; | |
| 2586 { | |
| 2587 frame_matrix_frame = f; | |
| 2588 } | |
| 2589 | |
| 2590 | |
| 2591 /* Make sure glyph row ROW in CURRENT_MATRIX is up to date. | |
| 2592 DESIRED_MATRIX is the desired matrix corresponding to | |
| 2593 CURRENT_MATRIX. The update is done by exchanging glyph pointers | |
| 2594 between rows in CURRENT_MATRIX and DESIRED_MATRIX. If | |
| 2595 frame_matrix_frame is non-null, this indicates that the exchange is | |
| 2596 done in frame matrices, and that we have to perform analogous | |
| 2597 operations in window matrices of frame_matrix_frame. */ | |
| 2598 | |
| 2599 static INLINE void | |
| 2600 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, row) | |
| 2601 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix, *current_matrix; | |
| 2602 int row; | |
| 2603 { | |
| 2604 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, row); | |
| 2605 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, row); | |
| 2606 | |
| 2607 /* Do current_row = desired_row. This exchanges glyph pointers | |
| 2608 between both rows, and does a structure assignment otherwise. */ | |
| 2609 assign_row (current_row, desired_row); | |
| 2610 | |
| 2611 /* Enable current_row to mark it as valid. */ | |
| 2612 current_row->enabled_p = 1; | |
| 2613 | |
| 2614 /* If we are called on frame matrices, perform analogous operations | |
| 2615 for window matrices. */ | |
| 2616 if (frame_matrix_frame) | |
| 2617 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (frame_matrix_frame->root_window), row); | |
| 2618 } | |
| 2619 | |
| 2620 | |
| 2621 /* W is the root of a window tree. FRAME_ROW is the index of a row in | |
| 2622 W's frame which has been made current (by swapping pointers between | |
| 2623 current and desired matrix). Perform analogous operations in the | |
| 2624 matrices of leaf windows in the window tree rooted at W. */ | |
| 2625 | |
| 2626 static void | |
| 2627 mirror_make_current (w, frame_row) | |
| 2628 struct window *w; | |
| 2629 int frame_row; | |
| 2630 { | |
| 2631 while (w) | |
| 2632 { | |
| 2633 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
| 2634 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (w->hchild), frame_row); | |
| 2635 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
| 2636 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (w->vchild), frame_row); | |
| 2637 else | |
| 2638 { | |
| 2639 /* Row relative to window W. Don't use FRAME_TO_WINDOW_VPOS | |
| 2640 here because the checks performed in debug mode there | |
| 2641 will not allow the conversion. */ | |
| 2642 int row = frame_row - w->desired_matrix->matrix_y; | |
| 2643 | |
| 2644 /* If FRAME_ROW is within W, assign the desired row to the | |
| 2645 current row (exchanging glyph pointers). */ | |
| 2646 if (row >= 0 && row < w->desired_matrix->matrix_h) | |
|
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2647 { |
| 25012 | 2648 struct glyph_row *current_row |
| 2649 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, row); | |
| 2650 struct glyph_row *desired_row | |
| 2651 = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, row); | |
|
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2652 |
|
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2653 if (desired_row->enabled_p) |
|
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2654 assign_row (current_row, desired_row); |
|
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2655 else |
|
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2656 swap_glyph_pointers (desired_row, current_row); |
| 25012 | 2657 current_row->enabled_p = 1; |
|
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2658 } |
|
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2659 } |
| 25012 | 2660 |
| 2661 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
|
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2662 } |
|
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2663 } |
| 25012 | 2664 |
| 2665 | |
| 2666 /* Perform row dance after scrolling. We are working on the range of | |
| 2667 lines UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + 1 to UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + NLINES (not | |
| 2668 including) in MATRIX. COPY_FROM is a vector containing, for each | |
| 2669 row I in the range 0 <= I < NLINES, the index of the original line | |
| 2670 to move to I. This index is relative to the row range, i.e. 0 <= | |
| 2671 index < NLINES. RETAINED_P is a vector containing zero for each | |
| 2672 row 0 <= I < NLINES which is empty. | |
| 2673 | |
| 2674 This function is called from do_scrolling and do_direct_scrolling. */ | |
| 2675 | |
| 2676 void | |
| 2677 mirrored_line_dance (matrix, unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, | |
| 2678 retained_p) | |
| 2679 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
| 2680 int unchanged_at_top, nlines; | |
| 2681 int *copy_from; | |
| 2682 char *retained_p; | |
| 2683 { | |
| 2684 /* A copy of original rows. */ | |
| 2685 struct glyph_row *old_rows; | |
| 2686 | |
| 2687 /* Rows to assign to. */ | |
| 2688 struct glyph_row *new_rows = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, unchanged_at_top); | |
| 2689 | |
| 2690 int i; | |
| 2691 | |
| 2692 /* Make a copy of the original rows. */ | |
| 2693 old_rows = (struct glyph_row *) alloca (nlines * sizeof *old_rows); | |
| 2694 bcopy (new_rows, old_rows, nlines * sizeof *old_rows); | |
| 2695 | |
| 2696 /* Assign new rows, maybe clear lines. */ | |
| 2697 for (i = 0; i < nlines; ++i) | |
| 2698 { | |
| 2699 int enabled_before_p = new_rows[i].enabled_p; | |
| 2700 | |
| 2701 xassert (i + unchanged_at_top < matrix->nrows); | |
| 2702 xassert (unchanged_at_top + copy_from[i] < matrix->nrows); | |
| 2703 new_rows[i] = old_rows[copy_from[i]]; | |
| 2704 new_rows[i].enabled_p = enabled_before_p; | |
| 2705 | |
| 2706 /* RETAINED_P is zero for empty lines. */ | |
| 2707 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) | |
| 2708 new_rows[i].enabled_p = 0; | |
| 2709 } | |
| 2710 | |
| 2711 /* Do the same for window matrices, if MATRIX Is a frame matrix. */ | |
| 2712 if (frame_matrix_frame) | |
| 2713 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (frame_matrix_frame->root_window), | |
| 2714 unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
| 2715 } | |
| 2716 | |
| 2717 | |
|
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2718 /* Synchronize glyph pointers in the current matrix of window W with |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2719 the current frame matrix. W must be full-width, and be on a tty |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2720 frame. */ |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2721 |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2722 static void |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2723 sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows (w) |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2724 struct window *w; |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2725 { |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2726 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2727 struct glyph_row *window_row, *window_row_end, *frame_row; |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2728 |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2729 /* Preconditions: W must be a leaf window and full-width. Its frame |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2730 must have a frame matrix. */ |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2731 xassert (NILP (w->hchild) && NILP (w->vchild)); |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2732 xassert (WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)); |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2733 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2734 |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2735 /* If W is a full-width window, glyph pointers in W's current matrix |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2736 have, by definition, to be the same as glyph pointers in the |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2737 corresponding frame matrix. */ |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2738 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows; |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2739 window_row_end = window_row + w->current_matrix->nrows; |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2740 frame_row = f->current_matrix->rows + XFASTINT (w->top); |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2741 while (window_row < window_row_end) |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2742 { |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2743 int area; |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2744 |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2745 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area <= LAST_AREA; ++area) |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2746 window_row->glyphs[area] = frame_row->glyphs[area]; |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2747 |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2748 ++window_row, ++frame_row; |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2749 } |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2750 } |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2751 |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2752 |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2753 /* Return the window in the window tree rooted in W containing frame |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2754 row ROW. Value is null if none is found. */ |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2755 |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2756 struct window * |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2757 frame_row_to_window (w, row) |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2758 struct window *w; |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2759 int row; |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2760 { |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2761 struct window *found = NULL; |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2762 |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2763 while (w && !found) |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2764 { |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2765 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2766 found = frame_row_to_window (XWINDOW (w->hchild), row); |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2767 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2768 found = frame_row_to_window (XWINDOW (w->vchild), row); |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2769 else if (row >= XFASTINT (w->top) |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2770 && row < XFASTINT (w->top) + XFASTINT (w->height)) |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2771 found = w; |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2772 |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2773 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2774 } |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2775 |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2776 return found; |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2777 } |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2778 |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2779 |
| 25012 | 2780 /* Perform a line dance in the window tree rooted at W, after |
| 2781 scrolling a frame matrix in mirrored_line_dance. | |
| 2782 | |
| 2783 We are working on the range of lines UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + 1 to | |
| 2784 UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + NLINES (not including) in W's frame matrix. | |
| 2785 COPY_FROM is a vector containing, for each row I in the range 0 <= | |
| 2786 I < NLINES, the index of the original line to move to I. This | |
| 2787 index is relative to the row range, i.e. 0 <= index < NLINES. | |
| 2788 RETAINED_P is a vector containing zero for each row 0 <= I < NLINES | |
| 2789 which is empty. */ | |
| 2790 | |
| 2791 static void | |
| 2792 mirror_line_dance (w, unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, retained_p) | |
| 2793 struct window *w; | |
| 2794 int unchanged_at_top, nlines; | |
| 2795 int *copy_from; | |
| 2796 char *retained_p; | |
| 2797 { | |
| 2798 while (w) | |
| 2799 { | |
| 2800 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
| 2801 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (w->hchild), unchanged_at_top, | |
| 2802 nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
| 2803 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
| 2804 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (w->vchild), unchanged_at_top, | |
| 2805 nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
| 2806 else | |
| 2807 { | |
| 2808 /* W is a leaf window, and we are working on its current | |
| 2809 matrix m. */ | |
| 2810 struct glyph_matrix *m = w->current_matrix; | |
|
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2811 int i, sync_p = 0; |
| 25012 | 2812 struct glyph_row *old_rows; |
| 2813 | |
| 2814 /* Make a copy of the original rows of matrix m. */ | |
| 2815 old_rows = (struct glyph_row *) alloca (m->nrows * sizeof *old_rows); | |
| 2816 bcopy (m->rows, old_rows, m->nrows * sizeof *old_rows); | |
| 2817 | |
| 2818 for (i = 0; i < nlines; ++i) | |
| 2819 { | |
| 2820 /* Frame relative line assigned to. */ | |
| 2821 int frame_to = i + unchanged_at_top; | |
| 2822 | |
| 2823 /* Frame relative line assigned. */ | |
| 2824 int frame_from = copy_from[i] + unchanged_at_top; | |
| 2825 | |
| 2826 /* Window relative line assigned to. */ | |
| 2827 int window_to = frame_to - m->matrix_y; | |
| 2828 | |
| 2829 /* Window relative line assigned. */ | |
| 2830 int window_from = frame_from - m->matrix_y; | |
| 2831 | |
| 2832 /* Is assigned line inside window? */ | |
| 2833 int from_inside_window_p | |
| 2834 = window_from >= 0 && window_from < m->matrix_h; | |
| 2835 | |
|
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2836 /* Is assigned to line inside window? */ |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2837 int to_inside_window_p |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2838 = window_to >= 0 && window_to < m->matrix_h; |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2839 |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2840 if (from_inside_window_p && to_inside_window_p) |
| 25012 | 2841 { |
| 2842 /* Enabled setting before assignment. */ | |
| 2843 int enabled_before_p; | |
| 2844 | |
| 2845 /* Do the assignment. The enabled_p flag is saved | |
| 2846 over the assignment because the old redisplay did | |
| 2847 that. */ | |
| 2848 enabled_before_p = m->rows[window_to].enabled_p; | |
| 2849 m->rows[window_to] = old_rows[window_from]; | |
| 2850 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = enabled_before_p; | |
| 2851 | |
| 2852 /* If frame line is empty, window line is empty, too. */ | |
| 2853 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) | |
| 2854 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = 0; | |
| 2855 } | |
|
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2856 else if (to_inside_window_p) |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2857 { |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2858 /* A copy between windows. This is an infrequent |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2859 case not worth optimizing. */ |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2860 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2861 struct window *root = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)); |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2862 struct window *w2; |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2863 struct glyph_matrix *m2; |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2864 int m2_from; |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2865 |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2866 w2 = frame_row_to_window (root, frame_to); |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2867 m2 = w2->current_matrix; |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2868 m2_from = frame_from - m2->matrix_y; |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2869 copy_row_except_pointers (m->rows + window_to, |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2870 m2->rows + m2_from); |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2871 |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2872 /* If frame line is empty, window line is empty, too. */ |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2873 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2874 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = 0; |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2875 sync_p = 1; |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2876 } |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2877 else if (from_inside_window_p) |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2878 sync_p = 1; |
| 25012 | 2879 } |
|
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2880 |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2881 /* If there was a copy between windows, make sure glyph |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2882 pointers are in sync with the frame matrix. */ |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2883 if (sync_p) |
|
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2884 sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows (w); |
| 25012 | 2885 |
| 2886 /* Check that no pointers are lost. */ | |
| 2887 CHECK_MATRIX (m); | |
| 2888 } | |
| 2889 | |
| 2890 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
| 2891 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
| 2892 } | |
| 2893 } | |
| 2894 | |
| 2895 | |
| 2896 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
| 2897 | |
| 2898 /* Check that window and frame matrices agree about their | |
| 2899 understanding where glyphs of the rows are to find. For each | |
| 2900 window in the window tree rooted at W, check that rows in the | |
| 2901 matrices of leaf window agree with their frame matrices about | |
| 2902 glyph pointers. */ | |
| 314 | 2903 |
| 21514 | 2904 void |
| 25012 | 2905 check_window_matrix_pointers (w) |
| 314 | 2906 struct window *w; |
| 2907 { | |
| 25012 | 2908 while (w) |
| 2909 { | |
| 2910 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
| 2911 check_window_matrix_pointers (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
| 2912 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
| 2913 check_window_matrix_pointers (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
| 2914 else | |
| 2915 { | |
| 2916 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
| 2917 check_matrix_pointers (w->desired_matrix, f->desired_matrix); | |
| 2918 check_matrix_pointers (w->current_matrix, f->current_matrix); | |
| 2919 } | |
| 2920 | |
| 2921 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
| 2922 } | |
| 2923 } | |
| 2924 | |
| 2925 | |
| 2926 /* Check that window rows are slices of frame rows. WINDOW_MATRIX is | |
| 2927 a window and FRAME_MATRIX is the corresponding frame matrix. For | |
| 2928 each row in WINDOW_MATRIX check that it's a slice of the | |
| 2929 corresponding frame row. If it isn't, abort. */ | |
| 2930 | |
| 2931 static void | |
| 2932 check_matrix_pointers (window_matrix, frame_matrix) | |
| 2933 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix, *frame_matrix; | |
| 2934 { | |
| 2935 /* Row number in WINDOW_MATRIX. */ | |
| 2936 int i = 0; | |
| 2937 | |
| 2938 /* Row number corresponding to I in FRAME_MATRIX. */ | |
| 2939 int j = window_matrix->matrix_y; | |
| 2940 | |
| 2941 /* For all rows check that the row in the window matrix is a | |
| 2942 slice of the row in the frame matrix. If it isn't we didn't | |
| 2943 mirror an operation on the frame matrix correctly. */ | |
| 2944 while (i < window_matrix->nrows) | |
| 2945 { | |
| 2946 if (!glyph_row_slice_p (window_matrix->rows + i, | |
| 2947 frame_matrix->rows + j)) | |
| 2948 abort (); | |
| 2949 ++i, ++j; | |
| 2950 } | |
| 2951 } | |
| 2952 | |
| 2953 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */ | |
| 2954 | |
| 2955 | |
| 2956 | |
| 2957 /********************************************************************** | |
| 2958 VPOS and HPOS translations | |
| 2959 **********************************************************************/ | |
| 2960 | |
| 2961 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
| 2962 | |
| 2963 /* Translate vertical position VPOS which is relative to window W to a | |
| 2964 vertical position relative to W's frame. */ | |
| 2965 | |
| 2966 static int | |
| 2967 window_to_frame_vpos (w, vpos) | |
| 2968 struct window *w; | |
| 2969 int vpos; | |
| 2970 { | |
| 2971 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
| 2972 | |
| 2973 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
| 2974 xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos <= w->desired_matrix->nrows); | |
| 2975 vpos += XFASTINT (w->top); | |
| 2976 xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos <= FRAME_HEIGHT (f)); | |
| 2977 return vpos; | |
| 2978 } | |
| 2979 | |
| 2980 | |
| 2981 /* Translate horizontal position HPOS which is relative to window W to | |
| 2982 a vertical position relative to W's frame. */ | |
| 2983 | |
| 2984 static int | |
| 2985 window_to_frame_hpos (w, hpos) | |
| 2986 struct window *w; | |
| 2987 int hpos; | |
| 2988 { | |
| 2989 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
| 2990 | |
| 2991 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
| 2992 hpos += XFASTINT (w->left); | |
| 2993 return hpos; | |
| 314 | 2994 } |
| 25012 | 2995 |
| 2996 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ | |
| 2997 | |
| 2998 | |
| 314 | 2999 |
| 25012 | 3000 /********************************************************************** |
| 3001 Redrawing Frames | |
| 3002 **********************************************************************/ | |
| 3003 | |
| 3004 DEFUN ("redraw-frame", Fredraw_frame, Sredraw_frame, 1, 1, 0, | |
| 3005 "Clear frame FRAME and output again what is supposed to appear on it.") | |
| 3006 (frame) | |
| 3007 Lisp_Object frame; | |
| 3008 { | |
| 3009 struct frame *f; | |
| 3010 | |
| 3011 CHECK_LIVE_FRAME (frame, 0); | |
| 3012 f = XFRAME (frame); | |
| 3013 | |
| 3014 /* Ignore redraw requests, if frame has no glyphs yet. | |
| 3015 (Implementation note: It still has to be checked why we are | |
| 3016 called so early here). */ | |
| 3017 if (!glyphs_initialized_initially_p) | |
| 3018 return Qnil; | |
| 3019 | |
| 3020 update_begin (f); | |
| 3021 if (FRAME_MSDOS_P (f)) | |
| 3022 set_terminal_modes (); | |
| 3023 clear_frame (); | |
| 3024 clear_current_matrices (f); | |
| 3025 update_end (f); | |
| 3026 fflush (stdout); | |
| 3027 windows_or_buffers_changed++; | |
| 3028 /* Mark all windows as inaccurate, so that every window will have | |
| 3029 its redisplay done. */ | |
| 3030 mark_window_display_accurate (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), 0); | |
| 3031 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 1); | |
| 3032 f->garbaged = 0; | |
| 3033 return Qnil; | |
| 3034 } | |
| 3035 | |
| 3036 | |
| 3037 /* Redraw frame F. This is nothing more than a call to the Lisp | |
| 3038 function redraw-frame. */ | |
| 3039 | |
| 3040 void | |
| 3041 redraw_frame (f) | |
| 3042 struct frame *f; | |
| 3043 { | |
| 3044 Lisp_Object frame; | |
| 3045 XSETFRAME (frame, f); | |
| 3046 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
| 3047 } | |
| 3048 | |
| 3049 | |
| 3050 DEFUN ("redraw-display", Fredraw_display, Sredraw_display, 0, 0, "", | |
| 3051 "Clear and redisplay all visible frames.") | |
| 3052 () | |
| 3053 { | |
| 3054 Lisp_Object tail, frame; | |
| 3055 | |
| 3056 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
| 3057 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (frame))) | |
| 3058 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
| 3059 | |
| 3060 return Qnil; | |
| 3061 } | |
| 3062 | |
| 3063 | |
| 3064 /* This is used when frame_garbaged is set. Call Fredraw_frame on all | |
| 3065 visible frames marked as garbaged. */ | |
| 3066 | |
| 3067 void | |
| 3068 redraw_garbaged_frames () | |
| 3069 { | |
| 3070 Lisp_Object tail, frame; | |
| 3071 | |
| 3072 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
| 3073 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (frame)) | |
| 3074 && FRAME_GARBAGED_P (XFRAME (frame))) | |
| 3075 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
| 3076 } | |
| 3077 | |
| 3078 | |
| 3079 | |
| 3080 /*********************************************************************** | |
| 3081 Direct Operations | |
| 3082 ***********************************************************************/ | |
| 3083 | |
| 3084 /* Try to update display and current glyph matrix directly. | |
| 3085 | |
| 3086 This function is called after a character G has been inserted into | |
| 3087 current_buffer. It tries to update the current glyph matrix and | |
| 3088 perform appropriate screen output to reflect the insertion. If it | |
| 3089 succeeds, the global flag redisplay_performed_directly_p will be | |
| 3090 set to 1, and thereby prevent the more costly general redisplay | |
| 3091 from running (see redisplay_internal). | |
| 3092 | |
| 3093 This function is not called for `hairy' character insertions. | |
| 3094 In particular, it is not called when after or before change | |
| 3095 functions exist, like they are used by font-lock. See keyboard.c | |
| 3096 for details where this function is called. */ | |
| 314 | 3097 |
| 3098 int | |
| 3099 direct_output_for_insert (g) | |
| 3100 int g; | |
| 3101 { | |
|
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
3102 register struct frame *f = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
| 25012 | 3103 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window); |
| 3104 struct it it, it2; | |
| 3105 struct glyph_row *glyph_row; | |
| 3106 struct glyph *glyphs, *glyph, *end; | |
| 3107 int n; | |
| 3108 /* Non-null means that Redisplay of W is based on window matrices. */ | |
| 3109 int window_redisplay_p = FRAME_WINDOW_P (f); | |
| 3110 /* Non-null means we are in overwrite mode. */ | |
| 3111 int overwrite_p = !NILP (current_buffer->overwrite_mode); | |
| 3112 int added_width; | |
| 3113 struct text_pos pos; | |
| 3114 int delta, delta_bytes; | |
| 3115 | |
| 3116 /* Not done directly. */ | |
| 3117 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 0; | |
| 3118 | |
| 3119 /* Quickly give up for some common cases. */ | |
| 3120 if (cursor_in_echo_area | |
| 3121 /* Give up if fonts have changed. */ | |
| 3122 || fonts_changed_p | |
| 3123 /* Give up if face attributes have been changed. */ | |
| 3124 || face_change_count | |
| 3125 /* Give up if cursor position not really known. */ | |
| 314 | 3126 || !display_completed |
| 25012 | 3127 /* Give up if buffer appears in two places. */ |
| 314 | 3128 || buffer_shared > 1 |
| 25012 | 3129 /* Give up if w is mini-buffer and a message is being displayed there */ |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
3130 || (MINI_WINDOW_P (w) && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0])) |
| 25012 | 3131 /* Give up for hscrolled mini-buffer because display of the prompt |
| 3132 is handled specially there (see display_line). */ | |
| 3133 || (MINI_WINDOW_P (w) && XFASTINT (w->hscroll)) | |
| 3134 /* Give up if overwriting in the middle of a line. */ | |
| 3135 || (overwrite_p | |
| 3136 && PT != ZV | |
| 3137 && FETCH_BYTE (PT) != '\n') | |
| 3138 /* Give up for tabs and line ends. */ | |
| 3139 || g == '\t' | |
| 3140 || g == '\n' | |
| 3141 || g == '\r' | |
| 3142 /* Give up if unable to display the cursor in the window. */ | |
| 3143 || w->cursor.vpos < 0 | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3144 || (glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos), |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3145 /* Can't do it in a continued line because continuation |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3146 lines would change. */ |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3147 (glyph_row->continued_p |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3148 /* Can't use this method if the line overlaps others or is |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3149 overlapped by others because these other lines would |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3150 have to be redisplayed. */ |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3151 || glyph_row->overlapping_p |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3152 || glyph_row->overlapped_p)) |
| 25012 | 3153 /* Can't do it for partial width windows on terminal frames |
| 3154 because we can't clear to eol in such a window. */ | |
| 3155 || (!window_redisplay_p && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w))) | |
| 3156 return 0; | |
| 3157 | |
| 3158 /* Set up a display iterator structure for W. Glyphs will be | |
| 3159 produced in scratch_glyph_row. Current position is W's cursor | |
| 3160 position. */ | |
| 3161 clear_glyph_row (&scratch_glyph_row); | |
| 3162 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, PT, PT_BYTE); | |
|
28361
eccb57c44da5
(direct_output_for_insert): Use DEC_TEXT_POS
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27968
diff
changeset
|
3163 DEC_TEXT_POS (pos, !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters)); |
| 25012 | 3164 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos), &scratch_glyph_row, |
| 3165 DEFAULT_FACE_ID); | |
| 3166 | |
| 3167 glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos); | |
| 3168 | |
| 3169 /* Give up if highlighting trailing whitespace and we have trailing | |
| 3170 whitespace in glyph_row. We would have to remove the trailing | |
| 3171 whitespace face in that case. */ | |
|
25304
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3172 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace) |
| 25012 | 3173 && glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
| 3174 { | |
| 3175 struct glyph *last; | |
| 3176 | |
| 3177 last = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; | |
| 3178 if (last->type == STRETCH_GLYPH | |
| 3179 || (last->type == CHAR_GLYPH | |
|
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
3180 && last->u.ch == ' ')) |
| 25012 | 3181 return 0; |
| 3182 } | |
| 3183 | |
| 3184 /* Give up if there are overlay strings at pos. This would fail | |
| 3185 if the overlay string has newlines in it. */ | |
| 3186 if (STRINGP (it.string)) | |
| 3187 return 0; | |
| 3188 | |
| 3189 it.hpos = w->cursor.hpos; | |
| 3190 it.vpos = w->cursor.vpos; | |
| 3191 it.current_x = w->cursor.x + it.first_visible_x; | |
| 3192 it.current_y = w->cursor.y; | |
| 3193 it.end_charpos = PT; | |
| 3194 it.stop_charpos = min (PT, it.stop_charpos); | |
| 3195 | |
| 3196 /* More than one display element may be returned for PT - 1 if | |
| 3197 (i) it's a control character which is translated into `\003' or | |
| 3198 `^C', or (ii) it has a display table entry, or (iii) it's a | |
| 3199 combination of both. */ | |
| 3200 delta = delta_bytes = 0; | |
| 3201 while (get_next_display_element (&it)) | |
| 3202 { | |
| 3203 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it); | |
| 3204 | |
| 3205 /* Give up if glyph doesn't fit completely on the line. */ | |
| 3206 if (it.current_x >= it.last_visible_x) | |
| 3207 return 0; | |
| 3208 | |
| 3209 /* Give up if new glyph has different ascent or descent than | |
| 3210 the original row, or if it is not a character glyph. */ | |
| 3211 if (glyph_row->ascent != it.ascent | |
| 3212 || glyph_row->height != it.ascent + it.descent | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3213 || glyph_row->phys_ascent != it.phys_ascent |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3214 || glyph_row->phys_height != it.phys_ascent + it.phys_descent |
| 25012 | 3215 || it.what != IT_CHARACTER) |
| 3216 return 0; | |
| 3217 | |
| 3218 delta += 1; | |
| 3219 delta_bytes += it.len; | |
| 3220 set_iterator_to_next (&it); | |
| 3221 } | |
| 3222 | |
| 3223 /* Give up if we hit the right edge of the window. We would have | |
| 3224 to insert truncation or continuation glyphs. */ | |
| 3225 added_width = it.current_x - (w->cursor.x + it.first_visible_x); | |
| 3226 if (glyph_row->pixel_width + added_width >= it.last_visible_x) | |
| 314 | 3227 return 0; |
| 3228 | |
| 25012 | 3229 /* Give up if there is a \t following in the line. */ |
| 3230 it2 = it; | |
| 3231 it2.end_charpos = ZV; | |
| 3232 it2.stop_charpos = min (it2.stop_charpos, ZV); | |
| 3233 while (get_next_display_element (&it2) | |
| 3234 && !ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (&it2)) | |
| 3235 { | |
| 3236 if (it2.c == '\t') | |
| 3237 return 0; | |
| 3238 set_iterator_to_next (&it2); | |
| 3239 } | |
| 3240 | |
| 3241 /* Number of new glyphs produced. */ | |
| 3242 n = it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 3243 | |
| 3244 /* Start and end of glyphs in original row. */ | |
| 3245 glyphs = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + w->cursor.hpos; | |
| 3246 end = glyph_row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 3247 | |
| 3248 /* Make room for new glyphs, then insert them. */ | |
| 3249 xassert (end - glyphs - n >= 0); | |
|
25781
e5579bc77d9e
(direct_output_for_insert): Cast arguments to
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25735
diff
changeset
|
3250 safe_bcopy ((char *) glyphs, (char *) (glyphs + n), |
|
e5579bc77d9e
(direct_output_for_insert): Cast arguments to
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25735
diff
changeset
|
3251 (end - glyphs - n) * sizeof (*end)); |
| 25012 | 3252 bcopy (it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], glyphs, n * sizeof *glyphs); |
| 3253 glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = min (glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] + n, | |
| 3254 end - glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]); | |
| 3255 | |
| 3256 /* Compute new line width. */ | |
| 3257 glyph = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 3258 end = glyph + glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 3259 glyph_row->pixel_width = glyph_row->x; | |
| 3260 while (glyph < end) | |
| 3261 { | |
| 3262 glyph_row->pixel_width += glyph->pixel_width; | |
| 3263 ++glyph; | |
| 3264 } | |
| 3265 | |
| 3266 /* Increment buffer positions for glyphs following the newly | |
| 3267 inserted ones. */ | |
| 3268 for (glyph = glyphs + n; glyph < end; ++glyph) | |
|
26546
0f43cc91d6a5
(direct_output_for_insert): Increment glyph positions
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26499
diff
changeset
|
3269 if (glyph->charpos > 0 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)) |
| 25012 | 3270 glyph->charpos += delta; |
| 3271 | |
| 3272 if (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (glyph_row) > 0) | |
| 3273 { | |
| 3274 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (glyph_row) += delta; | |
| 3275 MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (glyph_row) += delta_bytes; | |
| 3276 } | |
| 3277 | |
| 3278 /* Adjust positions in lines following the one we are in. */ | |
|
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3279 increment_matrix_positions (w->current_matrix, |
|
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3280 w->cursor.vpos + 1, |
|
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3281 w->current_matrix->nrows, |
|
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3282 delta, delta_bytes); |
| 25012 | 3283 |
| 3284 glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p | |
| 3285 |= it.glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p; | |
| 3286 | |
|
26591
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3287 glyph_row->displays_text_p = 1; |
|
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3288 w->window_end_vpos = make_number (max (w->cursor.vpos, |
|
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3289 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos))); |
|
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3290 |
|
25304
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3291 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)) |
| 25012 | 3292 highlight_trailing_whitespace (it.f, glyph_row); |
| 3293 | |
| 3294 /* Write glyphs. If at end of row, we can simply call write_glyphs. | |
| 3295 In the middle, we have to insert glyphs. Note that this is now | |
| 3296 implemented for X frames. The implementation uses updated_window | |
| 3297 and updated_row. */ | |
| 3298 updated_row = glyph_row; | |
| 3299 update_begin (f); | |
| 3300 if (rif) | |
| 3301 { | |
| 3302 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w); | |
| 3303 | |
| 3304 if (glyphs == end - n) | |
| 3305 rif->write_glyphs (glyphs, n); | |
| 3306 else | |
| 3307 rif->insert_glyphs (glyphs, n); | |
| 3308 } | |
| 3309 else | |
| 3310 { | |
| 3311 if (glyphs == end - n) | |
| 3312 write_glyphs (glyphs, n); | |
| 3313 else | |
| 3314 insert_glyphs (glyphs, n); | |
| 3315 } | |
| 3316 | |
| 3317 w->cursor.hpos += n; | |
| 3318 w->cursor.x = it.current_x - it.first_visible_x; | |
| 3319 xassert (w->cursor.hpos >= 0 | |
| 3320 && w->cursor.hpos < w->desired_matrix->matrix_w); | |
| 3321 | |
| 3322 /* How to set the cursor differs depending on whether we are | |
| 3323 using a frame matrix or a window matrix. Note that when | |
| 3324 a frame matrix is used, cursor_to expects frame coordinates, | |
| 3325 and the X and Y parameters are not used. */ | |
| 3326 if (window_redisplay_p) | |
| 3327 rif->cursor_to (w->cursor.vpos, w->cursor.hpos, | |
| 3328 w->cursor.y, w->cursor.x); | |
| 3329 else | |
| 3330 { | |
| 3331 int x, y; | |
| 3332 x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS (w, w->cursor.hpos) | |
| 3333 + (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width) | |
| 3334 ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width) | |
| 3335 : 0)); | |
| 3336 y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS (w, w->cursor.vpos); | |
| 3337 cursor_to (y, x); | |
| 3338 } | |
| 3339 | |
| 3340 if (rif) | |
| 3341 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 1); | |
| 3342 update_end (f); | |
| 3343 updated_row = NULL; | |
| 3344 fflush (stdout); | |
| 3345 | |
| 3346 TRACE ((stderr, "direct output for insert\n")); | |
| 3347 | |
|
25372
acf281b41a38
(direct_output_for_insert): Set beg_unchanged
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25345
diff
changeset
|
3348 UNCHANGED_MODIFIED = MODIFF; |
|
acf281b41a38
(direct_output_for_insert): Set beg_unchanged
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25345
diff
changeset
|
3349 BEG_UNCHANGED = GPT - BEG; |
|
16039
855c8d8ba0f0
Change all references from point to PT.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15896
diff
changeset
|
3350 XSETFASTINT (w->last_point, PT); |
| 25012 | 3351 w->last_cursor = w->cursor; |
|
9303
3115ae493c30
(direct_output_for_insert, direct_output_forward_char, change_frame_size,
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9264
diff
changeset
|
3352 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, MODIFF); |
|
16195
e15e4bdcb8cc
(direct_output_for_insert): Set last_overlay_modified field in window.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16051
diff
changeset
|
3353 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, OVERLAY_MODIFF); |
| 314 | 3354 |
| 25012 | 3355 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 1; |
| 314 | 3356 return 1; |
| 3357 } | |
| 3358 | |
| 25012 | 3359 |
| 3360 /* Perform a direct display update for moving PT by N positions | |
| 3361 left or right. N < 0 means a movement backwards. This function | |
| 3362 is currently only called for N == 1 or N == -1. */ | |
| 3363 | |
| 314 | 3364 int |
| 3365 direct_output_forward_char (n) | |
| 3366 int n; | |
| 3367 { | |
|
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
3368 struct frame *f = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
| 25012 | 3369 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window); |
| 3370 struct glyph_row *row; | |
| 3371 | |
|
26851
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3372 /* Give up if point moved out of or into a composition. */ |
|
28507
b6f06a755c7d
make_number/XINT/XUINT conversions; EQ/== fixes; ==Qnil -> NILP
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
28361
diff
changeset
|
3373 if (check_point_in_composition (current_buffer, XINT (w->last_point), |
|
26851
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3374 current_buffer, PT)) |
|
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3375 return 0; |
|
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3376 |
| 25012 | 3377 /* Give up if face attributes have been changed. */ |
| 3378 if (face_change_count) | |
|
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
3379 return 0; |
| 25012 | 3380 |
| 3381 /* Give up if current matrix is not up to date or we are | |
| 3382 displaying a message. */ | |
| 3383 if (!display_completed || cursor_in_echo_area) | |
| 3384 return 0; | |
| 3385 | |
| 3386 /* Give up if the buffer's direction is reversed. */ | |
| 3387 if (!NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->direction_reversed)) | |
| 314 | 3388 return 0; |
|
11096
cac0367b1794
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use direct output at an overlay boundary.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10770
diff
changeset
|
3389 |
|
2794
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3390 /* Can't use direct output if highlighting a region. */ |
|
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3391 if (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode) && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active)) |
|
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3392 return 0; |
|
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3393 |
|
25304
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3394 /* Can't use direct output if highlighting trailing whitespace. */ |
|
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3395 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)) |
|
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3396 return 0; |
|
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3397 |
|
25735
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3398 /* Give up if we are showing a message or just cleared the message |
|
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3399 because we might need to resize the echo area window. */ |
|
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3400 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[1])) |
|
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3401 return 0; |
|
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3402 |
|
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3403 /* Give up if we don't know where the cursor is. */ |
|
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3404 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0) |
|
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3405 return 0; |
|
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3406 |
| 25012 | 3407 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos); |
| 3408 | |
| 3409 if (PT <= MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) | |
| 3410 || PT >= MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row)) | |
|
6069
07045ca8ff19
(direct_output_forward_char): Use Fget_char_property to test for invisibility.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6068
diff
changeset
|
3411 return 0; |
|
4384
98605d0ea3cf
(direct_output_for_insert): Fail if character
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4290
diff
changeset
|
3412 |
| 25012 | 3413 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0); |
| 3414 w->last_cursor = w->cursor; | |
|
16039
855c8d8ba0f0
Change all references from point to PT.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15896
diff
changeset
|
3415 XSETFASTINT (w->last_point, PT); |
| 25012 | 3416 |
| 3417 xassert (w->cursor.hpos >= 0 | |
| 3418 && w->cursor.hpos < w->desired_matrix->matrix_w); | |
| 3419 | |
| 3420 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) | |
| 3421 rif->cursor_to (w->cursor.vpos, w->cursor.hpos, | |
| 3422 w->cursor.y, w->cursor.x); | |
| 3423 else | |
| 3424 { | |
| 3425 int x, y; | |
| 3426 x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS (w, w->cursor.hpos) | |
| 3427 + (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width) | |
| 3428 ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width) | |
| 3429 : 0)); | |
| 3430 y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS (w, w->cursor.vpos); | |
| 3431 cursor_to (y, x); | |
| 3432 } | |
| 3433 | |
| 314 | 3434 fflush (stdout); |
| 25012 | 3435 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 1; |
| 314 | 3436 return 1; |
| 3437 } | |
| 25012 | 3438 |
| 3439 | |
| 314 | 3440 |
| 25012 | 3441 /*********************************************************************** |
| 3442 Frame Update | |
| 3443 ***********************************************************************/ | |
| 3444 | |
| 3445 /* Update frame F based on the data in desired matrices. | |
| 3446 | |
| 3447 If FORCE_P is non-zero, don't let redisplay be stopped by detecting | |
| 3448 pending input. If INHIBIT_HAIRY_ID_P is non-zero, don't try | |
| 3449 scrolling. | |
| 3450 | |
| 3451 Value is non-zero if redisplay was stopped due to pending input. */ | |
| 314 | 3452 |
| 3453 int | |
| 25012 | 3454 update_frame (f, force_p, inhibit_hairy_id_p) |
| 3455 struct frame *f; | |
| 3456 int force_p; | |
| 3457 int inhibit_hairy_id_p; | |
| 3458 { | |
| 3459 /* 1 means display has been paused because of pending input. */ | |
| 3460 int paused_p; | |
| 3461 struct window *root_window = XWINDOW (f->root_window); | |
| 3462 | |
| 3463 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) | |
| 3464 { | |
| 3465 /* We are working on window matrix basis. All windows whose | |
| 3466 flag must_be_updated_p is set have to be updated. */ | |
| 3467 | |
| 3468 /* Record that we are not working on frame matrices. */ | |
| 3469 set_frame_matrix_frame (NULL); | |
| 3470 | |
| 3471 /* Update all windows in the window tree of F, maybe stopping | |
| 3472 when pending input is detected. */ | |
| 3473 update_begin (f); | |
| 3474 | |
| 3475 /* Update the menu bar on X frames that don't have toolkit | |
| 3476 support. */ | |
| 3477 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
| 3478 update_window (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window), 1); | |
| 3479 | |
| 3480 /* Update the tool-bar window, if present. */ | |
|
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3481 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
| 25012 | 3482 { |
| 3483 Lisp_Object tem; | |
|
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3484 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
| 25012 | 3485 |
| 3486 /* Update tool-bar window. */ | |
| 3487 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
| 3488 { | |
| 3489 update_window (w, 1); | |
| 3490 w->must_be_updated_p = 0; | |
| 3491 | |
| 3492 /* Swap tool-bar strings. We swap because we want to | |
| 3493 reuse strings. */ | |
|
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3494 tem = f->current_tool_bar_string; |
|
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3495 f->current_tool_bar_string = f->desired_tool_bar_string; |
|
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3496 f->desired_tool_bar_string = tem; |
|
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3497 f->n_current_tool_bar_items = f->n_desired_tool_bar_items; |
| 25012 | 3498 |
| 3499 /* Swap tool-bar items. We swap because we want to | |
| 3500 reuse vectors. */ | |
|
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3501 tem = f->current_tool_bar_items; |
|
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3502 f->current_tool_bar_items = f->desired_tool_bar_items; |
|
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3503 f->desired_tool_bar_items = tem; |
| 25012 | 3504 } |
| 3505 } | |
| 3506 | |
| 3507 | |
| 3508 /* Update windows. */ | |
| 3509 paused_p = update_window_tree (root_window, force_p); | |
| 3510 update_end (f); | |
| 3511 display_completed = !paused_p; | |
| 3512 | |
| 3513 /* The flush is a performance bottleneck under X. */ | |
| 3514 #if 0 | |
| 3515 rif->flush_display (f); | |
| 3516 #endif | |
| 3517 } | |
| 3518 else | |
| 3519 { | |
| 3520 /* We are working on frame matrix basis. Set the frame on whose | |
| 3521 frame matrix we operate. */ | |
| 3522 set_frame_matrix_frame (f); | |
| 3523 | |
| 3524 /* Build F's desired matrix from window matrices. For windows | |
| 3525 whose must_be_updated_p flag is set, desired matrices are | |
| 3526 made part of the desired frame matrix. For other windows, | |
| 3527 the current matrix is copied. */ | |
| 3528 build_frame_matrix (f); | |
| 3529 | |
| 3530 /* Do the update on the frame desired matrix. */ | |
| 3531 paused_p = update_frame_1 (f, force_p, inhibit_hairy_id_p); | |
| 3532 | |
| 3533 /* Check window matrices for lost pointers. */ | |
| 3534 IF_DEBUG (check_window_matrix_pointers (root_window)); | |
| 3535 } | |
| 3536 | |
| 3537 /* Reset flags indicating that a window should be updated. */ | |
| 3538 set_window_update_flags (root_window, 0); | |
| 3539 return paused_p; | |
| 3540 } | |
| 3541 | |
| 3542 | |
| 3543 | |
| 3544 /************************************************************************ | |
| 3545 Window-based updates | |
| 3546 ************************************************************************/ | |
| 3547 | |
| 3548 /* Perform updates in window tree rooted at W. FORCE_P non-zero means | |
| 3549 don't stop updating when input is pending. */ | |
| 3550 | |
| 3551 static int | |
| 3552 update_window_tree (w, force_p) | |
| 3553 struct window *w; | |
| 3554 int force_p; | |
| 3555 { | |
| 3556 int paused_p = 0; | |
| 3557 | |
| 3558 while (w && !paused_p) | |
| 3559 { | |
| 3560 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
| 3561 paused_p |= update_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->hchild), force_p); | |
| 3562 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
| 3563 paused_p |= update_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->vchild), force_p); | |
| 3564 else if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
| 3565 paused_p |= update_window (w, force_p); | |
| 3566 | |
| 3567 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
| 3568 } | |
| 3569 | |
| 3570 return paused_p; | |
| 3571 } | |
| 3572 | |
| 3573 | |
| 3574 /* Update window W if its flag must_be_updated_p is non-zero. If | |
| 3575 FORCE_P is non-zero, don't stop updating if input is pending. */ | |
| 3576 | |
| 3577 void | |
| 3578 update_single_window (w, force_p) | |
| 3579 struct window *w; | |
| 3580 int force_p; | |
| 3581 { | |
| 3582 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
| 3583 { | |
| 3584 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); | |
| 3585 | |
| 3586 /* Record that this is not a frame-based redisplay. */ | |
| 3587 set_frame_matrix_frame (NULL); | |
| 3588 | |
| 3589 /* Update W. */ | |
| 3590 update_begin (f); | |
| 3591 update_window (w, force_p); | |
| 3592 update_end (f); | |
| 3593 | |
| 3594 /* Reset flag in W. */ | |
| 3595 w->must_be_updated_p = 0; | |
| 3596 } | |
| 3597 } | |
| 3598 | |
| 3599 | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3600 /* Redraw lines from the current matrix of window W that are |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3601 overlapped by other rows. YB is bottom-most y-position in W. */ |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3602 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3603 static void |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3604 redraw_overlapped_rows (w, yb) |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3605 struct window *w; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3606 int yb; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3607 { |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3608 int i, bottom_y; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3609 struct glyph_row *row; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3610 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3611 /* If rows overlapping others have been changed, the rows being |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3612 overlapped have to be redrawn. This won't draw lines that have |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3613 already been drawn in update_window_line because overlapped_p in |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3614 desired rows is 0, so after row assignment overlapped_p in |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3615 current rows is 0. */ |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3616 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i) |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3617 { |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3618 row = w->current_matrix->rows + i; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3619 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3620 if (!row->enabled_p) |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3621 break; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3622 else if (row->mode_line_p) |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3623 continue; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3624 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3625 if (row->overlapped_p) |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3626 { |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3627 enum glyph_row_area area; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3628 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3629 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3630 { |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3631 updated_row = row; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3632 updated_area = area; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3633 rif->cursor_to (i, 0, row->y, area == TEXT_AREA ? row->x : 0); |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3634 if (row->used[area]) |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3635 rif->write_glyphs (row->glyphs[area], row->used[area]); |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3636 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3637 } |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3638 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3639 row->overlapped_p = 0; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3640 } |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3641 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3642 bottom_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row); |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3643 if (bottom_y >= yb) |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3644 break; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3645 } |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3646 } |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3647 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3648 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3649 /* Redraw lines from the current matrix of window W that overlap |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3650 others. YB is bottom-most y-position in W. */ |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3651 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3652 static void |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3653 redraw_overlapping_rows (w, yb) |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3654 struct window *w; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3655 int yb; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3656 { |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3657 int i, bottom_y; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3658 struct glyph_row *row; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3659 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3660 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i) |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3661 { |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3662 row = w->current_matrix->rows + i; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3663 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3664 if (!row->enabled_p) |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3665 break; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3666 else if (row->mode_line_p) |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3667 continue; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3668 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3669 bottom_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row); |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3670 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3671 if (row->overlapping_p && i > 0 && bottom_y < yb) |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3672 { |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3673 if (row->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]) |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3674 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3675 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3676 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3677 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, TEXT_AREA); |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3678 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3679 if (row->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]) |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3680 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA); |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3681 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3682 /* Record in neighbor rows that ROW overwrites part of their |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3683 display. */ |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3684 if (row->phys_ascent > row->ascent && i > 0) |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3685 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i - 1)->overlapped_p = 1; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3686 if ((row->phys_height - row->phys_ascent |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3687 > row->height - row->ascent) |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3688 && bottom_y < yb) |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3689 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i + 1)->overlapped_p = 1; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3690 } |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3691 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3692 if (bottom_y >= yb) |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3693 break; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3694 } |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3695 } |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3696 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3697 |
| 25012 | 3698 /* Update display of window W. FORCE_P non-zero means that we should |
| 3699 not stop when detecting pending input. */ | |
| 3700 | |
| 3701 static int | |
| 3702 update_window (w, force_p) | |
| 3703 struct window *w; | |
| 3704 int force_p; | |
| 3705 { | |
| 3706 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
| 3707 int paused_p; | |
| 3708 int preempt_count = baud_rate / 2400 + 1; | |
| 3709 extern int input_pending; | |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
3710 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
|
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
3711 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 25012 | 3712 extern struct frame *updating_frame; |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
3713 #endif |
| 25012 | 3714 |
| 3715 /* Check that W's frame doesn't have glyph matrices. */ | |
| 3716 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
| 3717 xassert (updating_frame != NULL); | |
| 3718 | |
| 3719 /* Check pending input the first time so that we can quickly return. */ | |
| 3720 if (redisplay_dont_pause) | |
| 3721 force_p = 1; | |
| 3722 else | |
| 3723 detect_input_pending (); | |
| 3724 | |
| 3725 /* If forced to complete the update, or if no input is pending, do | |
| 3726 the update. */ | |
| 3727 if (force_p || !input_pending) | |
| 3728 { | |
| 3729 struct glyph_row *row, *end; | |
| 3730 struct glyph_row *mode_line_row; | |
| 25546 | 3731 struct glyph_row *header_line_row = NULL; |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3732 int yb, changed_p = 0; |
| 25012 | 3733 |
| 3734 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w); | |
| 3735 yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
| 3736 | |
| 3737 /* If window has a top line, update it before everything else. | |
| 3738 Adjust y-positions of other rows by the top line height. */ | |
| 3739 row = desired_matrix->rows; | |
| 3740 end = row + desired_matrix->nrows - 1; | |
| 3741 if (row->mode_line_p) | |
| 25546 | 3742 header_line_row = row++; |
| 25012 | 3743 |
| 3744 /* Update the mode line, if necessary. */ | |
| 3745 mode_line_row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (desired_matrix); | |
| 3746 if (mode_line_row->mode_line_p && mode_line_row->enabled_p) | |
| 3747 { | |
| 3748 mode_line_row->y = yb; | |
| 3749 update_window_line (w, MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (mode_line_row, | |
| 3750 desired_matrix)); | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3751 changed_p = 1; |
| 25012 | 3752 } |
| 3753 | |
| 3754 /* Find first enabled row. Optimizations in redisplay_internal | |
| 3755 may lead to an update with only one row enabled. There may | |
| 3756 be also completely empty matrices. */ | |
| 3757 while (row < end && !row->enabled_p) | |
| 3758 ++row; | |
| 3759 | |
| 3760 /* Try reusing part of the display by inserting/deleting lines. */ | |
| 3761 if (row < end && !desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p) | |
| 3762 { | |
| 25546 | 3763 int rc = scrolling_window (w, header_line_row != NULL); |
| 25012 | 3764 if (rc < 0) |
| 3765 { | |
| 3766 /* All rows were found to be equal. */ | |
| 3767 paused_p = 0; | |
| 3768 goto set_cursor; | |
| 3769 } | |
| 3770 else if (rc > 0) | |
| 3771 force_p = 1; | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3772 changed_p = 1; |
| 25012 | 3773 } |
| 3774 | |
| 3775 /* Update the top mode line after scrolling because a new top | |
| 3776 line would otherwise overwrite lines at the top of the window | |
| 3777 that can be scrolled. */ | |
| 25546 | 3778 if (header_line_row && header_line_row->enabled_p) |
| 25012 | 3779 { |
| 25546 | 3780 header_line_row->y = 0; |
| 25012 | 3781 update_window_line (w, 0); |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3782 changed_p = 1; |
| 25012 | 3783 } |
| 3784 | |
| 3785 /* Update the rest of the lines. */ | |
| 3786 for (; row < end && (force_p || !input_pending); ++row) | |
| 3787 if (row->enabled_p | |
| 3788 /* A row can be completely invisible in case a desired | |
| 3789 matrix was built with a vscroll and then | |
| 3790 make_cursor_line_fully_visible shifts the matrix. */ | |
| 3791 && row->visible_height > 0) | |
| 3792 { | |
| 3793 int vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, desired_matrix); | |
| 3794 int i; | |
| 3795 | |
| 3796 /* We'll Have to play a little bit with when to | |
| 3797 detect_input_pending. If it's done too often, | |
| 3798 scrolling large windows with repeated scroll-up | |
| 3799 commands will too quickly pause redisplay. */ | |
| 3800 if (!force_p && vpos % preempt_count == 0) | |
| 3801 detect_input_pending (); | |
| 3802 | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3803 changed_p |= update_window_line (w, vpos); |
| 25012 | 3804 |
| 3805 /* Mark all rows below the last visible one in the current | |
| 3806 matrix as invalid. This is necessary because of | |
| 3807 variable line heights. Consider the case of three | |
| 3808 successive redisplays, where the first displays 5 | |
| 3809 lines, the second 3 lines, and the third 5 lines again. | |
| 3810 If the second redisplay wouldn't mark rows in the | |
| 3811 current matrix invalid, the third redisplay might be | |
| 3812 tempted to optimize redisplay based on lines displayed | |
| 3813 in the first redisplay. */ | |
| 3814 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) | |
| 3815 for (i = vpos + 1; i < w->current_matrix->nrows - 1; ++i) | |
| 3816 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i)->enabled_p = 0; | |
| 3817 } | |
| 3818 | |
| 3819 /* Was display preempted? */ | |
| 3820 paused_p = row < end; | |
| 3821 | |
| 3822 set_cursor: | |
| 3823 | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3824 /* Fix the appearance of overlapping(overlapped rows. */ |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3825 if (rif->fix_overlapping_area |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3826 && !w->pseudo_window_p |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3827 && changed_p |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3828 && !paused_p) |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3829 { |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3830 redraw_overlapped_rows (w, yb); |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3831 redraw_overlapping_rows (w, yb); |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3832 } |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3833 |
| 25012 | 3834 if (!paused_p && !w->pseudo_window_p) |
| 3835 { | |
| 3836 /* Make cursor visible at cursor position of W. */ | |
| 3837 set_window_cursor_after_update (w); | |
| 3838 | |
| 3839 #if 0 | |
| 3840 /* Check that current matrix invariants are satisfied. This | |
| 3841 is for debugging only. See the comment around | |
| 3842 check_matrix_invariants. */ | |
| 3843 IF_DEBUG (check_matrix_invariants (w)); | |
| 3844 #endif | |
| 3845 } | |
| 3846 | |
| 3847 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
| 3848 /* Remember the redisplay method used to display the matrix. */ | |
| 3849 strcpy (w->current_matrix->method, w->desired_matrix->method); | |
| 3850 #endif | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3851 |
| 25012 | 3852 /* End of update of window W. */ |
| 3853 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 1); | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3854 |
| 25012 | 3855 } |
| 3856 else | |
| 3857 paused_p = 1; | |
| 3858 | |
| 3859 clear_glyph_matrix (desired_matrix); | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3860 |
| 25012 | 3861 return paused_p; |
| 3862 } | |
| 3863 | |
| 3864 | |
| 3865 /* Update the display of area AREA in window W, row number VPOS. | |
| 3866 AREA can be either LEFT_MARGIN_AREA or RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA. */ | |
| 3867 | |
| 3868 static void | |
| 3869 update_marginal_area (w, area, vpos) | |
| 3870 struct window *w; | |
| 3871 int area, vpos; | |
| 3872 { | |
| 3873 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
| 3874 | |
| 3875 /* Let functions in xterm.c know what area subsequent X positions | |
| 3876 will be relative to. */ | |
| 3877 updated_area = area; | |
| 3878 | |
| 3879 /* Set cursor to start of glyphs, write them, and clear to the end | |
| 3880 of the area. I don't think that something more sophisticated is | |
| 3881 necessary here, since marginal areas will not be the default. */ | |
| 3882 rif->cursor_to (vpos, 0, desired_row->y, 0); | |
| 3883 if (desired_row->used[area]) | |
| 3884 rif->write_glyphs (desired_row->glyphs[area], desired_row->used[area]); | |
| 3885 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
| 3886 } | |
| 3887 | |
| 3888 | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3889 /* Update the display of the text area of row VPOS in window W. |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3890 Value is non-zero if display has changed. */ |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3891 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3892 static int |
| 25012 | 3893 update_text_area (w, vpos) |
| 3894 struct window *w; | |
| 3895 int vpos; | |
| 314 | 3896 { |
| 25012 | 3897 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); |
| 3898 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3899 int changed_p = 0; |
| 25012 | 3900 |
| 3901 /* Let functions in xterm.c know what area subsequent X positions | |
| 3902 will be relative to. */ | |
| 3903 updated_area = TEXT_AREA; | |
| 3904 | |
| 3905 /* If rows are at different X or Y, or rows have different height, | |
| 3906 or the current row is marked invalid, write the entire line. */ | |
| 3907 if (!current_row->enabled_p | |
| 3908 || desired_row->y != current_row->y | |
| 3909 || desired_row->ascent != current_row->ascent | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3910 || desired_row->phys_ascent != current_row->phys_ascent |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3911 || desired_row->phys_height != current_row->phys_height |
| 25012 | 3912 || desired_row->visible_height != current_row->visible_height |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3913 || current_row->overlapped_p |
| 25012 | 3914 || current_row->x != desired_row->x) |
| 3915 { | |
| 3916 rif->cursor_to (vpos, 0, desired_row->y, desired_row->x); | |
| 3917 | |
| 3918 if (desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
| 3919 rif->write_glyphs (desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], | |
| 3920 desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]); | |
| 3921 | |
| 3922 /* Clear to end of window. */ | |
| 3923 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3924 changed_p = 1; |
| 25012 | 3925 } |
| 3926 else | |
| 3927 { | |
| 3928 int stop, i, x; | |
| 3929 struct glyph *current_glyph = current_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 3930 struct glyph *desired_glyph = desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 3931 | |
| 3932 /* If the desired row extends its face to the text area end, | |
| 3933 make sure we write at least one glyph, so that the face | |
| 3934 extension actually takes place. */ | |
| 3935 int desired_stop_pos = (desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA] | |
| 3936 - (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (desired_row) | |
| 3937 ? 1 : 0)); | |
| 3938 | |
| 3939 stop = min (current_row->used[TEXT_AREA], desired_stop_pos); | |
| 3940 i = 0; | |
| 3941 x = desired_row->x; | |
| 3942 | |
| 3943 while (i < stop) | |
| 3944 { | |
| 3945 /* Skip over glyphs that both rows have in common. These | |
| 3946 don't have to be written. */ | |
| 3947 while (i < stop | |
| 3948 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (desired_glyph, current_glyph)) | |
| 3949 { | |
| 3950 x += desired_glyph->pixel_width; | |
| 3951 ++desired_glyph, ++current_glyph, ++i; | |
| 3952 } | |
| 3953 | |
| 3954 /* Consider the case that the current row contains "xxx ppp | |
| 3955 ggg" in italic Courier font, and the desired row is "xxx | |
| 3956 ggg". The character `p' has lbearing, `g' has not. The | |
| 3957 loop above will stop in front of the first `p' in the | |
| 3958 current row. If we would start writing glyphs there, we | |
| 3959 wouldn't erase the lbearing of the `p'. The rest of the | |
| 3960 lbearing problem is then taken care of by x_draw_glyphs. */ | |
| 3961 if (current_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p | |
| 3962 && i > 0 | |
| 3963 && i < current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] | |
| 3964 && current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] != desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
| 3965 { | |
| 3966 int left, right; | |
| 3967 rif->get_glyph_overhangs (current_glyph, XFRAME (w->frame), | |
| 3968 &left, &right); | |
| 3969 while (left > 0 && i > 0) | |
| 3970 { | |
| 3971 --i, --desired_glyph, --current_glyph; | |
| 3972 x -= desired_glyph->pixel_width; | |
| 3973 left -= desired_glyph->pixel_width; | |
| 3974 } | |
| 3975 } | |
| 3976 | |
| 3977 /* Try to avoid writing the entire rest of the desired row | |
| 3978 by looking for a resync point. This mainly prevents | |
| 3979 mode line flickering in the case the mode line is in | |
| 3980 fixed-pitch font, which it usually will be. */ | |
| 3981 if (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
| 3982 { | |
| 3983 int start_x = x, start_hpos = i; | |
| 3984 struct glyph *start = desired_glyph; | |
| 3985 int current_x = x; | |
| 3986 | |
| 3987 /* Find the next glyph that's equal again. */ | |
| 3988 while (i < stop | |
| 3989 && !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (desired_glyph, current_glyph) | |
| 3990 && x == current_x) | |
| 3991 { | |
| 3992 x += desired_glyph->pixel_width; | |
| 3993 current_x += current_glyph->pixel_width; | |
| 3994 ++desired_glyph, ++current_glyph, ++i; | |
| 3995 } | |
| 3996 | |
| 3997 if (i == start_hpos || x != current_x) | |
| 3998 { | |
| 3999 i = start_hpos; | |
| 4000 x = start_x; | |
| 4001 desired_glyph = start; | |
| 4002 break; | |
| 4003 } | |
| 4004 | |
| 4005 rif->cursor_to (vpos, start_hpos, desired_row->y, start_x); | |
| 4006 rif->write_glyphs (start, i - start_hpos); | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4007 changed_p = 1; |
| 25012 | 4008 } |
| 4009 } | |
| 4010 | |
| 4011 /* Write the rest. */ | |
| 4012 if (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
| 4013 { | |
| 4014 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, x); | |
| 4015 rif->write_glyphs (desired_glyph, desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - i); | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4016 changed_p = 1; |
| 25012 | 4017 } |
| 4018 | |
| 4019 /* Maybe clear to end of line. */ | |
| 4020 if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (desired_row)) | |
| 4021 { | |
| 4022 /* If new row extends to the end of the text area, nothing | |
| 4023 has to be cleared, if and only if we did a write_glyphs | |
| 4024 above. This is made sure by setting desired_stop_pos | |
| 4025 appropriately above. */ | |
| 4026 xassert (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]); | |
| 4027 } | |
| 4028 else if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (current_row)) | |
| 4029 { | |
| 4030 /* If old row extends to the end of the text area, clear. */ | |
| 4031 if (i >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
| 4032 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, | |
| 4033 desired_row->x + desired_row->pixel_width); | |
| 4034 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4035 changed_p = 1; |
| 25012 | 4036 } |
| 4037 else if (desired_row->pixel_width < current_row->pixel_width) | |
| 4038 { | |
| 4039 /* Otherwise clear to the end of the old row. Everything | |
| 4040 after that position should be clear already. */ | |
| 4041 int x; | |
| 4042 | |
| 4043 if (i >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
| 4044 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, | |
| 4045 desired_row->x + desired_row->pixel_width); | |
| 4046 | |
| 4047 /* If cursor is displayed at the end of the line, make sure | |
| 4048 it's cleared. Nowadays we don't have a phys_cursor_glyph | |
| 4049 with which to erase the cursor (because this method | |
| 4050 doesn't work with lbearing/rbearing), so we must do it | |
| 4051 this way. */ | |
| 4052 if (vpos == w->phys_cursor.vpos | |
| 4053 && w->phys_cursor.hpos >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
| 4054 { | |
| 4055 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0; | |
| 4056 x = -1; | |
| 4057 } | |
| 4058 else | |
| 4059 x = current_row->x + current_row->pixel_width; | |
| 4060 rif->clear_end_of_line (x); | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4061 changed_p = 1; |
| 25012 | 4062 } |
| 4063 } | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4064 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4065 return changed_p; |
| 25012 | 4066 } |
| 4067 | |
| 4068 | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4069 /* Update row VPOS in window W. Value is non-zero if display has been |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4070 changed. */ |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4071 |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4072 static int |
| 25012 | 4073 update_window_line (w, vpos) |
| 4074 struct window *w; | |
| 4075 int vpos; | |
| 4076 { | |
| 4077 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); | |
| 4078 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4079 int changed_p = 0; |
| 25012 | 4080 |
| 4081 xassert (desired_row->enabled_p); | |
| 4082 | |
| 4083 /* Set the row being updated. This is important to let xterm.c | |
| 4084 know what line height values are in effect. */ | |
| 4085 updated_row = desired_row; | |
| 4086 | |
| 4087 /* Update display of the left margin area, if there is one. */ | |
| 4088 if (!desired_row->full_width_p | |
| 4089 && !NILP (w->left_margin_width)) | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4090 { |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4091 update_marginal_area (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA, vpos); |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4092 changed_p = 1; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4093 } |
| 25012 | 4094 |
| 4095 /* Update the display of the text area. */ | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4096 changed_p |= update_text_area (w, vpos); |
| 25012 | 4097 |
| 4098 /* Update display of the right margin area, if there is one. */ | |
| 4099 if (!desired_row->full_width_p | |
| 4100 && !NILP (w->right_margin_width)) | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4101 { |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4102 changed_p = 1; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4103 update_marginal_area (w, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA, vpos); |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4104 } |
| 25012 | 4105 |
| 4106 /* Draw truncation marks etc. */ | |
| 4107 if (!current_row->enabled_p | |
| 4108 || desired_row->y != current_row->y | |
| 4109 || desired_row->visible_height != current_row->visible_height | |
| 4110 || desired_row->overlay_arrow_p != current_row->overlay_arrow_p | |
| 4111 || desired_row->truncated_on_left_p != current_row->truncated_on_left_p | |
| 4112 || desired_row->truncated_on_right_p != current_row->truncated_on_right_p | |
| 4113 || desired_row->continued_p != current_row->continued_p | |
| 4114 || desired_row->mode_line_p != current_row->mode_line_p | |
| 4115 || (desired_row->indicate_empty_line_p | |
| 4116 != current_row->indicate_empty_line_p) | |
| 4117 || (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (desired_row) | |
| 4118 != MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (current_row))) | |
| 4119 rif->after_update_window_line_hook (desired_row); | |
| 4120 | |
| 4121 /* Update current_row from desired_row. */ | |
| 4122 make_current (w->desired_matrix, w->current_matrix, vpos); | |
| 4123 updated_row = NULL; | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4124 return changed_p; |
| 25012 | 4125 } |
| 4126 | |
| 4127 | |
| 4128 /* Set the cursor after an update of window W. This function may only | |
| 4129 be called from update_window. */ | |
| 4130 | |
| 4131 static void | |
| 4132 set_window_cursor_after_update (w) | |
| 4133 struct window *w; | |
| 4134 { | |
| 4135 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
| 4136 int cx, cy, vpos, hpos; | |
| 4137 | |
| 4138 /* Not intended for frame matrix updates. */ | |
| 4139 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
| 4140 | |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4141 if (cursor_in_echo_area |
|
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4142 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) |
|
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4143 /* If we are showing a message instead of the mini-buffer, |
|
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4144 show the cursor for the message instead. */ |
|
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4145 && XWINDOW (minibuf_window) == w |
|
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4146 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window) |
| 25012 | 4147 /* These cases apply only to the frame that contains |
| 4148 the active mini-buffer window. */ | |
| 4149 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) | |
| 4150 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), echo_area_window)) | |
| 4151 { | |
| 4152 cx = cy = vpos = hpos = 0; | |
| 4153 | |
| 4154 if (cursor_in_echo_area >= 0) | |
| 4155 { | |
| 4156 /* If the mini-buffer is several lines high, find the last | |
| 4157 line that has any text on it. Note: either all lines | |
| 4158 are enabled or none. Otherwise we wouldn't be able to | |
| 4159 determine Y. */ | |
|
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4160 struct glyph_row *row, *last_row; |
|
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4161 struct glyph *glyph; |
|
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4162 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); |
|
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4163 |
|
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4164 last_row = NULL; |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4165 for (row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, 0); |
|
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4166 row->enabled_p; |
|
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4167 ++row) |
| 25012 | 4168 { |
|
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4169 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
|
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4170 && row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0].charpos >= 0) |
|
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4171 last_row = row; |
|
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4172 |
|
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4173 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) |
|
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4174 break; |
| 25012 | 4175 } |
|
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4176 |
| 25012 | 4177 if (last_row) |
| 4178 { | |
|
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4179 struct glyph *start = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4180 struct glyph *last = start + row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; |
|
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4181 |
|
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4182 while (last > start && last->charpos < 0) |
|
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4183 --last; |
|
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4184 |
|
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4185 for (glyph = start; glyph < last; ++glyph) |
|
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4186 { |
|
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4187 cx += glyph->pixel_width; |
|
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4188 ++hpos; |
|
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4189 } |
|
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4190 |
| 25012 | 4191 cy = last_row->y; |
|
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4192 vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_row, w->current_matrix); |
| 25012 | 4193 } |
| 4194 } | |
| 4195 } | |
| 4196 else | |
| 4197 { | |
| 4198 cx = w->cursor.x; | |
| 4199 cy = w->cursor.y; | |
| 4200 hpos = w->cursor.hpos; | |
| 4201 vpos = w->cursor.vpos; | |
| 4202 } | |
| 4203 | |
| 4204 /* Window cursor can be out of sync for horizontally split windows. */ | |
| 4205 hpos = max (0, hpos); | |
| 4206 hpos = min (w->current_matrix->matrix_w - 1, hpos); | |
| 4207 vpos = max (0, vpos); | |
| 4208 vpos = min (w->current_matrix->nrows - 1, vpos); | |
| 4209 rif->cursor_to (vpos, hpos, cy, cx); | |
| 4210 } | |
| 4211 | |
| 4212 | |
| 4213 /* Try to reuse part of the current display of W by scrolling lines. | |
| 25546 | 4214 HEADER_LINE_P non-zero means W has a top mode line. |
| 25012 | 4215 |
| 4216 The algorithm is taken from Communications of the ACM, Apr78 "A | |
| 4217 Technique for Isolating Differences Between Files." It should take | |
| 4218 O(N) time. | |
| 4219 | |
| 4220 A short outline of the steps of the algorithm | |
| 4221 | |
| 4222 1. Skip lines equal at the start and end of both matrices. | |
| 4223 | |
| 4224 2. Enter rows in the current and desired matrix into a symbol | |
| 4225 table, counting how often they appear in both matrices. | |
| 4226 | |
| 4227 3. Rows that appear exactly once in both matrices serve as anchors, | |
| 4228 i.e. we assume that such lines are likely to have been moved. | |
| 4229 | |
| 4230 4. Starting from anchor lines, extend regions to be scrolled both | |
| 4231 forward and backward. | |
| 4232 | |
| 4233 Value is | |
| 4234 | |
| 4235 -1 if all rows were found to be equal. | |
| 4236 0 to indicate that we did not scroll the display, or | |
| 4237 1 if we did scroll. */ | |
| 4238 | |
| 4239 static int | |
| 25546 | 4240 scrolling_window (w, header_line_p) |
| 25012 | 4241 struct window *w; |
| 25546 | 4242 int header_line_p; |
| 25012 | 4243 { |
| 4244 struct symbol | |
| 4245 { | |
| 4246 /* Number of occurrences of this line in old and new matrix. */ | |
| 4247 short old_uses, new_uses; | |
| 4248 | |
| 4249 /* Vpos of line in new matrix. */ | |
| 4250 short new_line_number; | |
| 4251 | |
| 4252 /* The line itself. */ | |
| 4253 struct glyph_row *row; | |
| 4254 | |
| 4255 /* Hash collision chain. */ | |
| 4256 struct symbol *next; | |
| 4257 }; | |
| 4258 | |
| 4259 int SYMBOL_TABLE_SIZE = 101; | |
| 4260 struct symbol **table; | |
| 4261 struct symbol **old_line_syms, **new_line_syms; | |
| 4262 int i, j, first_old, first_new, last_old, last_new; | |
| 4263 struct symbol *sym; | |
| 4264 struct run **runs; | |
| 4265 int nruns; | |
| 4266 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
| 4267 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = w->current_matrix; | |
| 4268 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
| 4269 | |
| 4270 /* Skip over rows equal at the start. */ | |
| 25546 | 4271 i = header_line_p ? 1 : 0; |
| 25012 | 4272 while (i < current_matrix->nrows - 1 |
| 4273 && MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (current_matrix, i) | |
| 4274 && MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i) | |
| 4275 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)) < yb | |
| 4276 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)) < yb | |
| 4277 && row_equal_p (w, | |
| 4278 MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i), | |
| 4279 MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i))) | |
| 4280 { | |
| 4281 assign_row (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i), | |
| 4282 MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)); | |
| 4283 MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p = 0; | |
| 4284 ++i; | |
| 4285 } | |
| 4286 | |
| 4287 /* Give up if some rows in the desired matrix are not enabled. */ | |
| 4288 if (!MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
| 4289 return -1; | |
| 4290 | |
| 4291 first_old = first_new = i; | |
| 4292 | |
| 4293 /* Set last_new to the index + 1 of the last enabled row in the | |
| 4294 desired matrix. */ | |
| 4295 i = first_new + 1; | |
| 4296 while (i < desired_matrix->nrows - 1 | |
| 4297 && MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p | |
| 4298 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)) < yb) | |
| 4299 ++i; | |
| 4300 | |
| 4301 if (!MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
| 4302 return 0; | |
| 4303 | |
| 4304 last_new = i; | |
| 4305 | |
| 4306 /* Set last_old to the index + 1 of the last enabled row in the | |
| 4307 current matrix. We don't look at the enabled flag here because | |
| 4308 we plan to reuse part of the display even if other parts are | |
| 4309 disabled. */ | |
| 4310 i = first_old + 1; | |
| 4311 while (i < current_matrix->nrows - 1 | |
| 4312 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)) < yb) | |
| 4313 ++i; | |
| 4314 last_old = i; | |
| 4315 | |
| 4316 /* Skip over rows equal at the bottom. */ | |
| 4317 i = last_new; | |
| 4318 j = last_old; | |
| 4319 while (i - 1 > first_new | |
| 4320 && j - 1 > first_old | |
| 4321 && MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i - 1)->enabled_p | |
| 4322 && (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i - 1)->y | |
| 4323 == MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, j - 1)->y) | |
| 4324 && row_equal_p (w, | |
| 4325 MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i - 1), | |
| 4326 MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j - 1))) | |
| 4327 --i, --j; | |
| 4328 last_new = i; | |
| 4329 last_old = j; | |
| 4330 | |
| 4331 /* Nothing to do if all rows are equal. */ | |
| 4332 if (last_new == first_new) | |
| 4333 return 0; | |
| 4334 | |
| 4335 /* Allocate a hash table in which all rows will be inserted. */ | |
| 4336 table = (struct symbol **) alloca (SYMBOL_TABLE_SIZE * sizeof *table); | |
| 4337 bzero (table, SYMBOL_TABLE_SIZE * sizeof *table); | |
| 4338 | |
| 4339 /* For each row in the current matrix, record the symbol belonging | |
| 4340 to the row in OLD_LINE_SYMS. */ | |
| 4341 old_line_syms = (struct symbol **) alloca (current_matrix->nrows | |
| 4342 * sizeof *old_line_syms); | |
| 4343 new_line_syms = (struct symbol **) alloca (desired_matrix->nrows | |
| 4344 * sizeof *new_line_syms); | |
| 4345 | |
| 4346 #define ADDSYM(ROW) \ | |
| 4347 do \ | |
| 4348 { \ | |
| 4349 struct glyph_row *row_ = (ROW); \ | |
| 4350 int i_ = row_->hash % SYMBOL_TABLE_SIZE; \ | |
| 4351 sym = table[i_]; \ | |
| 4352 while (sym && !row_equal_p (w, sym->row, row_)) \ | |
| 4353 sym = sym->next; \ | |
| 4354 if (sym == NULL) \ | |
| 4355 { \ | |
| 4356 sym = (struct symbol *) alloca (sizeof *sym); \ | |
| 4357 sym->row = row_; \ | |
| 4358 sym->old_uses = sym->new_uses = 0; \ | |
| 4359 sym->next = table[i_]; \ | |
| 4360 table[i_] = sym; \ | |
| 4361 } \ | |
| 4362 } \ | |
| 4363 while (0) | |
| 4364 | |
| 4365 /* Add current rows to the symbol table. */ | |
| 4366 for (i = first_old; i < last_old; ++i) | |
| 4367 { | |
| 4368 if (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
| 4369 { | |
| 4370 ADDSYM (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); | |
| 4371 old_line_syms[i] = sym; | |
| 4372 ++sym->old_uses; | |
| 4373 } | |
| 4374 else | |
| 4375 old_line_syms[i] = NULL; | |
| 4376 } | |
| 4377 | |
| 4378 /* Add desired rows to the symbol table. */ | |
| 4379 for (i = first_new; i < last_new; ++i) | |
| 4380 { | |
| 4381 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)); | |
| 4382 ADDSYM (MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)); | |
| 4383 ++sym->new_uses; | |
| 4384 new_line_syms[i] = sym; | |
| 4385 sym->new_line_number = i; | |
| 4386 } | |
| 4387 | |
| 4388 #undef ADDSYM | |
| 4389 | |
| 4390 /* Record in runs which moves were found, ordered by pixel | |
| 4391 height of copied areas. */ | |
| 4392 nruns = 0; | |
| 4393 runs = (struct run **) alloca (desired_matrix->nrows * sizeof *runs); | |
| 4394 | |
| 4395 /* Identify moves based on lines that are unique and equal | |
| 4396 in both matrices. */ | |
| 4397 for (i = first_old; i < last_old;) | |
| 4398 if (old_line_syms[i] | |
| 4399 && old_line_syms[i]->old_uses == 1 | |
| 4400 && old_line_syms[i]->new_uses == 1) | |
| 4401 { | |
| 4402 int j, k; | |
| 4403 int new_line = old_line_syms[i]->new_line_number; | |
| 4404 struct run *run = (struct run *) alloca (sizeof *run); | |
| 4405 | |
| 4406 /* Record move. */ | |
| 4407 run->current_vpos = i; | |
| 4408 run->current_y = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->y; | |
| 4409 run->desired_vpos = new_line; | |
| 4410 run->desired_y = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, new_line)->y; | |
| 4411 run->nrows = 1; | |
| 4412 run->height = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->height; | |
| 4413 | |
| 4414 /* Extend backward. */ | |
| 4415 j = i - 1; | |
| 4416 k = new_line - 1; | |
| 4417 while (j > first_old | |
| 4418 && k > first_new | |
| 4419 && old_line_syms[j] == new_line_syms[k]) | |
| 4420 { | |
| 4421 int h = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j)->height; | |
| 4422 --run->current_vpos; | |
| 4423 --run->desired_vpos; | |
| 4424 ++run->nrows; | |
| 4425 run->height += h; | |
| 4426 run->desired_y -= h; | |
| 4427 run->current_y -= h; | |
| 4428 --j, --k; | |
| 4429 } | |
| 4430 | |
| 4431 /* Extend forward. */ | |
| 4432 j = i + 1; | |
| 4433 k = new_line + 1; | |
| 4434 while (j < last_old | |
| 4435 && k < last_new | |
| 4436 && old_line_syms[j] == new_line_syms[k]) | |
| 4437 { | |
| 4438 int h = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j)->height; | |
| 4439 ++run->nrows; | |
| 4440 run->height += h; | |
| 4441 ++j, ++k; | |
| 4442 } | |
| 4443 | |
| 4444 /* Insert run into list of all runs. Order runs by copied | |
| 4445 pixel lines. Note that we record runs that don't have to | |
| 4446 be copied because they are already in place. This is done | |
| 4447 because we can avoid calling update_window_line in this | |
| 4448 case. */ | |
| 4449 for (j = 0; j < nruns && runs[j]->height > run->height; ++j) | |
| 4450 ; | |
| 4451 for (k = nruns; k >= j; --k) | |
| 4452 runs[k] = runs[k - 1]; | |
| 4453 runs[j] = run; | |
| 4454 ++nruns; | |
| 4455 | |
| 4456 i += run->nrows; | |
| 4457 } | |
| 4458 else | |
| 4459 ++i; | |
| 4460 | |
| 4461 /* Do the moves. Do it in a way that we don't overwrite something | |
| 4462 we want to copy later on. This is not solvable in general | |
| 4463 because there is only one display and we don't have a way to | |
| 4464 exchange areas on this display. Example: | |
| 4465 | |
| 4466 +-----------+ +-----------+ | |
| 4467 | A | | B | | |
| 4468 +-----------+ --> +-----------+ | |
| 4469 | B | | A | | |
| 4470 +-----------+ +-----------+ | |
| 4471 | |
| 4472 Instead, prefer bigger moves, and invalidate moves that would | |
| 4473 copy from where we copied to. */ | |
| 4474 | |
| 4475 for (i = 0; i < nruns; ++i) | |
| 4476 if (runs[i]->nrows > 0) | |
| 4477 { | |
| 4478 struct run *r = runs[i]; | |
| 4479 | |
| 4480 /* Copy on the display. */ | |
| 4481 if (r->current_y != r->desired_y) | |
| 4482 { | |
| 4483 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, r); | |
| 4484 | |
| 4485 /* Invalidate runs that copy from where we copied to. */ | |
| 4486 for (j = i + 1; j < nruns; ++j) | |
| 4487 { | |
| 4488 struct run *p = runs[j]; | |
| 4489 | |
| 4490 if ((p->current_y >= r->desired_y | |
| 4491 && p->current_y < r->desired_y + r->height) | |
| 4492 || (p->current_y + p->height >= r->desired_y | |
| 4493 && (p->current_y + p->height | |
| 4494 < r->desired_y + r->height))) | |
| 4495 p->nrows = 0; | |
| 4496 } | |
| 4497 } | |
| 4498 | |
| 4499 /* Assign matrix rows. */ | |
| 4500 for (j = 0; j < r->nrows; ++j) | |
| 4501 { | |
| 4502 struct glyph_row *from, *to; | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4503 int to_overlapped_p; |
|
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4504 |
| 25012 | 4505 to = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, r->desired_vpos + j); |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4506 to_overlapped_p = to->overlapped_p; |
| 25012 | 4507 from = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, r->desired_vpos + j); |
| 4508 assign_row (to, from); | |
| 4509 to->enabled_p = 1, from->enabled_p = 0; | |
|
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4510 to->overlapped_p = to_overlapped_p; |
| 25012 | 4511 } |
| 4512 } | |
| 4513 | |
| 4514 /* Value is non-zero to indicate that we scrolled the display. */ | |
| 4515 return 1; | |
| 4516 } | |
| 4517 | |
| 4518 | |
| 4519 /* Set WINDOW->must_be_updated_p TO ON_P for all windows WINDOW in the | |
| 4520 window tree rooted at W. */ | |
| 4521 | |
| 4522 void | |
| 4523 set_window_update_flags (w, on_p) | |
| 4524 struct window *w; | |
| 4525 int on_p; | |
| 4526 { | |
| 4527 while (w) | |
| 4528 { | |
| 4529 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
| 4530 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (w->hchild), on_p); | |
| 4531 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
| 4532 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (w->vchild), on_p); | |
| 4533 else | |
| 4534 w->must_be_updated_p = on_p; | |
| 4535 | |
| 4536 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
| 4537 } | |
| 4538 } | |
| 4539 | |
| 4540 | |
| 4541 | |
| 4542 /************************************************************************ | |
| 4543 Frame-Based Updates | |
| 4544 ************************************************************************/ | |
| 4545 | |
| 4546 /* Update the desired frame matrix of frame F. | |
| 4547 | |
| 4548 FORCE_P non-zero means that the update should not be stopped by | |
| 4549 pending input. INHIBIT_HAIRY_ID_P non-zero means that scrolling | |
| 4550 should not be tried. | |
| 4551 | |
| 4552 Value is non-zero if update was stopped due to pending input. */ | |
| 4553 | |
| 4554 static int | |
| 4555 update_frame_1 (f, force_p, inhibit_id_p) | |
| 4556 struct frame *f; | |
| 4557 int force_p; | |
| 4558 int inhibit_id_p; | |
| 4559 { | |
| 4560 /* Frame matrices to work on. */ | |
| 4561 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = f->current_matrix; | |
| 4562 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = f->desired_matrix; | |
| 4563 int i; | |
| 314 | 4564 int pause; |
| 4565 int preempt_count = baud_rate / 2400 + 1; | |
| 21514 | 4566 extern int input_pending; |
| 25012 | 4567 |
| 4568 xassert (current_matrix && desired_matrix); | |
| 314 | 4569 |
|
10122
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
4570 if (baud_rate != FRAME_COST_BAUD_RATE (f)) |
|
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
4571 calculate_costs (f); |
|
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
4572 |
|
3357
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
4573 if (preempt_count <= 0) |
|
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
4574 preempt_count = 1; |
|
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
4575 |
| 314 | 4576 detect_input_pending (); |
| 25012 | 4577 if (input_pending && !force_p) |
| 314 | 4578 { |
| 4579 pause = 1; | |
| 4580 goto do_pause; | |
| 4581 } | |
| 4582 | |
| 764 | 4583 update_begin (f); |
| 314 | 4584 |
| 25012 | 4585 /* If we cannot insert/delete lines, it's no use trying it. */ |
| 314 | 4586 if (!line_ins_del_ok) |
| 25012 | 4587 inhibit_id_p = 1; |
|
7188
7da4ad9a2a8f
(update_frame): Move those assignments even farther down.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7179
diff
changeset
|
4588 |
| 493 | 4589 /* See if any of the desired lines are enabled; don't compute for |
| 25012 | 4590 i/d line if just want cursor motion. */ |
| 4591 for (i = 0; i < desired_matrix->nrows; i++) | |
| 4592 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) | |
| 314 | 4593 break; |
| 4594 | |
| 4595 /* Try doing i/d line, if not yet inhibited. */ | |
| 25012 | 4596 if (!inhibit_id_p && i < desired_matrix->nrows) |
| 4597 force_p |= scrolling (f); | |
| 314 | 4598 |
| 4599 /* Update the individual lines as needed. Do bottom line first. */ | |
| 25012 | 4600 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, desired_matrix->nrows - 1)) |
| 4601 update_frame_line (f, desired_matrix->nrows - 1); | |
| 4602 | |
| 4603 /* Now update the rest of the lines. */ | |
| 4604 for (i = 0; i < desired_matrix->nrows - 1 && (force_p || !input_pending); i++) | |
| 314 | 4605 { |
| 25012 | 4606 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) |
| 314 | 4607 { |
|
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
4608 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
| 314 | 4609 { |
| 4610 /* Flush out every so many lines. | |
| 4611 Also flush out if likely to have more than 1k buffered | |
| 4612 otherwise. I'm told that some telnet connections get | |
| 4613 really screwed by more than 1k output at once. */ | |
| 4614 int outq = PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT (stdout); | |
| 4615 if (outq > 900 | |
| 4616 || (outq > 20 && ((i - 1) % preempt_count == 0))) | |
| 4617 { | |
| 4618 fflush (stdout); | |
| 4619 if (preempt_count == 1) | |
| 4620 { | |
| 554 | 4621 #ifdef EMACS_OUTQSIZE |
| 4622 if (EMACS_OUTQSIZE (0, &outq) < 0) | |
| 314 | 4623 /* Probably not a tty. Ignore the error and reset |
| 25012 | 4624 * the outq count. */ |
| 314 | 4625 outq = PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT (stdout); |
| 4626 #endif | |
| 4627 outq *= 10; | |
|
7530
57c2345a9002
(update_frame): Fix test of outq and baud_rate some more.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7529
diff
changeset
|
4628 if (baud_rate <= outq && baud_rate > 0) |
|
3357
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
4629 sleep (outq / baud_rate); |
| 314 | 4630 } |
| 4631 } | |
| 4632 } | |
| 4633 | |
|
16822
483e137d5384
(update_frame): Call detect_input_pending
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16589
diff
changeset
|
4634 if ((i - 1) % preempt_count == 0) |
|
483e137d5384
(update_frame): Call detect_input_pending
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16589
diff
changeset
|
4635 detect_input_pending (); |
|
483e137d5384
(update_frame): Call detect_input_pending
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16589
diff
changeset
|
4636 |
| 25012 | 4637 update_frame_line (f, i); |
| 314 | 4638 } |
| 4639 } | |
| 25012 | 4640 |
| 764 | 4641 pause = (i < FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1) ? i : 0; |
| 314 | 4642 |
| 4643 /* Now just clean up termcap drivers and set cursor, etc. */ | |
| 4644 if (!pause) | |
| 4645 { | |
|
12409
6e374b28ecc3
(update_frame): Pretend cursor is in echo area
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12193
diff
changeset
|
4646 if ((cursor_in_echo_area |
| 25012 | 4647 /* If we are showing a message instead of the mini-buffer, |
|
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
4648 show the cursor for the message instead of for the |
| 25012 | 4649 (now hidden) mini-buffer contents. */ |
|
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
4650 || (EQ (minibuf_window, selected_window) |
|
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
4651 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window) |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4652 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))) |
|
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
4653 /* These cases apply only to the frame that contains |
| 25012 | 4654 the active mini-buffer window. */ |
|
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
4655 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) |
|
14459
c1d25453a95f
(update_frame): Compare FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW(f)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14286
diff
changeset
|
4656 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), echo_area_window)) |
| 708 | 4657 { |
|
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4658 int top = XINT (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f))->top); |
|
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4659 int row, col; |
|
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4660 |
|
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4661 if (cursor_in_echo_area < 0) |
|
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4662 { |
| 25012 | 4663 /* Negative value of cursor_in_echo_area means put |
| 4664 cursor at beginning of line. */ | |
|
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4665 row = top; |
|
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4666 col = 0; |
|
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4667 } |
| 708 | 4668 else |
|
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4669 { |
| 25012 | 4670 /* Positive value of cursor_in_echo_area means put |
| 4671 cursor at the end of the prompt. If the mini-buffer | |
| 4672 is several lines high, find the last line that has | |
| 4673 any text on it. */ | |
|
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4674 row = FRAME_HEIGHT (f); |
|
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4675 do |
|
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4676 { |
| 25012 | 4677 --row; |
| 4678 col = 0; | |
| 4679 | |
| 4680 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (current_matrix, row)) | |
| 4681 { | |
| 4682 /* Frame rows are filled up with spaces that | |
| 4683 must be ignored here. */ | |
| 4684 struct glyph_row *r = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, | |
| 4685 row); | |
| 4686 struct glyph *start = r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 4687 struct glyph *last = start + r->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 4688 | |
| 4689 while (last > start | |
| 4690 && (last - 1)->charpos < 0) | |
| 4691 --last; | |
| 4692 | |
| 4693 col = last - start; | |
| 4694 } | |
|
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4695 } |
|
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4696 while (row > top && col == 0); |
|
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4697 |
|
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4698 /* Make sure COL is not out of range. */ |
|
21763
b685f9451792
(change_frame_size_1): Use FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21757
diff
changeset
|
4699 if (col >= FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f)) |
|
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4700 { |
|
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4701 /* If we have another row, advance cursor into it. */ |
|
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4702 if (row < FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1) |
|
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4703 { |
|
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4704 col = FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f); |
|
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4705 row++; |
|
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4706 } |
|
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4707 /* Otherwise move it back in range. */ |
|
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4708 else |
|
21763
b685f9451792
(change_frame_size_1): Use FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21757
diff
changeset
|
4709 col = FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f) - 1; |
|
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4710 } |
|
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4711 } |
|
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4712 |
|
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4713 cursor_to (row, col); |
| 708 | 4714 } |
| 314 | 4715 else |
| 25012 | 4716 { |
| 4717 /* We have only one cursor on terminal frames. Use it to | |
| 4718 display the cursor of the selected window. */ | |
| 4719 struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f)); | |
| 4720 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0) | |
| 4721 { | |
| 4722 int x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS (w, w->cursor.hpos); | |
| 4723 int y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS (w, w->cursor.vpos); | |
| 4724 | |
| 4725 if (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width)) | |
| 4726 x += XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width); | |
| 4727 | |
| 4728 /* x = max (min (x, FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) - 1), 0); */ | |
| 4729 cursor_to (y, x); | |
| 4730 } | |
| 4731 } | |
| 314 | 4732 } |
| 4733 | |
| 764 | 4734 update_end (f); |
| 314 | 4735 |
| 4736 if (termscript) | |
| 4737 fflush (termscript); | |
| 4738 fflush (stdout); | |
| 4739 | |
| 4740 do_pause: | |
| 4741 | |
| 4742 display_completed = !pause; | |
| 25012 | 4743 clear_desired_matrices (f); |
| 314 | 4744 return pause; |
| 4745 } | |
| 4746 | |
| 25012 | 4747 |
| 4748 /* Do line insertions/deletions on frame F for frame-based redisplay. */ | |
| 314 | 4749 |
| 21514 | 4750 int |
| 764 | 4751 scrolling (frame) |
| 25012 | 4752 struct frame *frame; |
| 314 | 4753 { |
| 4754 int unchanged_at_top, unchanged_at_bottom; | |
| 4755 int window_size; | |
| 4756 int changed_lines; | |
| 764 | 4757 int *old_hash = (int *) alloca (FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
| 4758 int *new_hash = (int *) alloca (FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) * sizeof (int)); | |
| 4759 int *draw_cost = (int *) alloca (FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) * sizeof (int)); | |
|
10259
48e4dfc6bb43
(scrolling): Fewer restrictions if scroll_region_ok is
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10122
diff
changeset
|
4760 int *old_draw_cost = (int *) alloca (FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
| 314 | 4761 register int i; |
| 764 | 4762 int free_at_end_vpos = FRAME_HEIGHT (frame); |
| 25012 | 4763 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = frame->current_matrix; |
| 4764 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = frame->desired_matrix; | |
| 4765 | |
| 4766 if (!current_matrix) | |
| 4767 abort (); | |
| 4768 | |
| 4769 /* Compute hash codes of all the lines. Also calculate number of | |
| 4770 changed lines, number of unchanged lines at the beginning, and | |
| 4771 number of unchanged lines at the end. */ | |
| 314 | 4772 changed_lines = 0; |
| 4773 unchanged_at_top = 0; | |
| 764 | 4774 unchanged_at_bottom = FRAME_HEIGHT (frame); |
| 4775 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_HEIGHT (frame); i++) | |
| 314 | 4776 { |
| 4777 /* Give up on this scrolling if some old lines are not enabled. */ | |
| 25012 | 4778 if (!MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (current_matrix, i)) |
| 314 | 4779 return 0; |
| 25012 | 4780 old_hash[i] = line_hash_code (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
| 4781 if (! MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) | |
|
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
4782 { |
|
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
4783 /* This line cannot be redrawn, so don't let scrolling mess it. */ |
|
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
4784 new_hash[i] = old_hash[i]; |
|
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
4785 #define INFINITY 1000000 /* Taken from scroll.c */ |
|
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
4786 draw_cost[i] = INFINITY; |
|
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
4787 } |
| 314 | 4788 else |
|
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
4789 { |
| 25012 | 4790 new_hash[i] = line_hash_code (MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)); |
| 4791 draw_cost[i] = line_draw_cost (desired_matrix, i); | |
|
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
4792 } |
| 314 | 4793 |
| 4794 if (old_hash[i] != new_hash[i]) | |
| 4795 { | |
| 4796 changed_lines++; | |
| 764 | 4797 unchanged_at_bottom = FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) - i - 1; |
| 314 | 4798 } |
| 4799 else if (i == unchanged_at_top) | |
| 4800 unchanged_at_top++; | |
| 25012 | 4801 old_draw_cost[i] = line_draw_cost (current_matrix, i); |
| 314 | 4802 } |
| 4803 | |
| 4804 /* If changed lines are few, don't allow preemption, don't scroll. */ | |
| 25012 | 4805 if ((!scroll_region_ok && changed_lines < baud_rate / 2400) |
| 764 | 4806 || unchanged_at_bottom == FRAME_HEIGHT (frame)) |
| 314 | 4807 return 1; |
| 4808 | |
| 764 | 4809 window_size = (FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) - unchanged_at_top |
| 314 | 4810 - unchanged_at_bottom); |
| 4811 | |
| 4812 if (scroll_region_ok) | |
| 4813 free_at_end_vpos -= unchanged_at_bottom; | |
| 764 | 4814 else if (memory_below_frame) |
| 314 | 4815 free_at_end_vpos = -1; |
| 4816 | |
| 4817 /* If large window, fast terminal and few lines in common between | |
| 25012 | 4818 current frame and desired frame, don't bother with i/d calc. */ |
|
10259
48e4dfc6bb43
(scrolling): Fewer restrictions if scroll_region_ok is
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10122
diff
changeset
|
4819 if (!scroll_region_ok && window_size >= 18 && baud_rate > 2400 |
| 314 | 4820 && (window_size >= |
| 4821 10 * scrolling_max_lines_saved (unchanged_at_top, | |
| 764 | 4822 FRAME_HEIGHT (frame) - unchanged_at_bottom, |
| 314 | 4823 old_hash, new_hash, draw_cost))) |
| 4824 return 0; | |
| 4825 | |
| 25012 | 4826 if (window_size < 2) |
| 4827 return 0; | |
| 4828 | |
| 764 | 4829 scrolling_1 (frame, window_size, unchanged_at_top, unchanged_at_bottom, |
| 314 | 4830 draw_cost + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
|
10259
48e4dfc6bb43
(scrolling): Fewer restrictions if scroll_region_ok is
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10122
diff
changeset
|
4831 old_draw_cost + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
| 314 | 4832 old_hash + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
| 4833 new_hash + unchanged_at_top - 1, | |
| 4834 free_at_end_vpos - unchanged_at_top); | |
| 4835 | |
| 4836 return 0; | |
| 4837 } | |
| 25012 | 4838 |
| 4839 | |
| 4840 /* Count the number of blanks at the start of the vector of glyphs R | |
| 4841 which is LEN glyphs long. */ | |
| 4842 | |
| 4843 static int | |
| 4844 count_blanks (r, len) | |
| 4845 struct glyph *r; | |
| 4846 int len; | |
| 314 | 4847 { |
| 25012 | 4848 int i; |
| 4849 | |
| 4850 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) | |
| 4851 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (r[i])) | |
| 4852 break; | |
| 4853 | |
| 4854 return i; | |
| 314 | 4855 } |
| 25012 | 4856 |
| 4857 | |
| 4858 /* Count the number of glyphs in common at the start of the glyph | |
| 4859 vectors STR1 and STR2. END1 is the end of STR1 and END2 is the end | |
| 4860 of STR2. Value is the number of equal glyphs equal at the start. */ | |
| 314 | 4861 |
| 4862 static int | |
| 25012 | 4863 count_match (str1, end1, str2, end2) |
| 4864 struct glyph *str1, *end1, *str2, *end2; | |
| 314 | 4865 { |
| 25012 | 4866 struct glyph *p1 = str1; |
| 4867 struct glyph *p2 = str2; | |
| 4868 | |
| 4869 while (p1 < end1 | |
| 4870 && p2 < end2 | |
|
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
4871 && GLYPH_CHAR_AND_FACE_EQUAL_P (p1, p2)) |
| 25012 | 4872 ++p1, ++p2; |
| 4873 | |
| 4874 return p1 - str1; | |
| 314 | 4875 } |
| 4876 | |
| 25012 | 4877 |
| 314 | 4878 /* Char insertion/deletion cost vector, from term.c */ |
| 25012 | 4879 |
| 314 | 4880 extern int *char_ins_del_vector; |
|
16267
05ca2cb9fe0f
(make_frame_glyphs, update_line, update_frame)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16256
diff
changeset
|
4881 #define char_ins_del_cost(f) (&char_ins_del_vector[FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH((f))]) |
| 314 | 4882 |
| 25012 | 4883 |
| 4884 /* Perform a frame-based update on line VPOS in frame FRAME. */ | |
| 4885 | |
| 314 | 4886 static void |
| 25012 | 4887 update_frame_line (frame, vpos) |
| 4888 register struct frame *frame; | |
| 314 | 4889 int vpos; |
| 4890 { | |
| 25012 | 4891 struct glyph *obody, *nbody, *op1, *op2, *np1, *nend; |
| 314 | 4892 int tem; |
| 4893 int osp, nsp, begmatch, endmatch, olen, nlen; | |
| 25012 | 4894 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = frame->current_matrix; |
| 4895 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = frame->desired_matrix; | |
| 4896 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, vpos); | |
| 4897 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, vpos); | |
| 4898 int must_write_whole_line_p; | |
| 4899 | |
| 4900 if (desired_row->inverse_p | |
| 4901 != (current_row->enabled_p && current_row->inverse_p)) | |
| 314 | 4902 { |
| 25012 | 4903 int n = current_row->enabled_p ? current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] : 0; |
| 4904 change_line_highlight (desired_row->inverse_p, vpos, vpos, n); | |
| 4905 current_row->enabled_p = 0; | |
| 314 | 4906 } |
| 4907 else | |
| 25012 | 4908 reassert_line_highlight (desired_row->inverse_p, vpos); |
| 4909 | |
|
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
4910 /* Current row not enabled means it has unknown contents. We must |
|
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
4911 write the whole desired line in that case. */ |
| 25012 | 4912 must_write_whole_line_p = !current_row->enabled_p; |
| 4913 if (must_write_whole_line_p) | |
| 314 | 4914 { |
| 25012 | 4915 obody = 0; |
| 314 | 4916 olen = 0; |
| 4917 } | |
| 4918 else | |
| 4919 { | |
| 25012 | 4920 obody = MATRIX_ROW_GLYPH_START (current_matrix, vpos); |
| 4921 olen = current_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 4922 | |
| 4923 if (! current_row->inverse_p) | |
| 314 | 4924 { |
|
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
4925 /* Ignore trailing spaces, if we can. */ |
| 314 | 4926 if (!must_write_spaces) |
| 25012 | 4927 while (olen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (obody[olen-1])) |
| 314 | 4928 olen--; |
| 4929 } | |
| 4930 else | |
| 4931 { | |
|
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
4932 /* For an inverse-video line, make sure it's filled with |
|
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
4933 spaces all the way to the frame edge so that the reverse |
|
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
4934 video extends all the way across. */ |
| 25012 | 4935 while (olen < FRAME_WIDTH (frame) - 1) |
| 4936 obody[olen++] = space_glyph; | |
| 314 | 4937 } |
| 4938 } | |
| 4939 | |
| 25012 | 4940 current_row->enabled_p = 1; |
| 4941 current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 4942 current_row->inverse_p = desired_row->inverse_p; | |
| 4943 | |
| 4944 /* If desired line is empty, just clear the line. */ | |
| 4945 if (!desired_row->enabled_p) | |
| 314 | 4946 { |
| 4947 nlen = 0; | |
| 4948 goto just_erase; | |
| 4949 } | |
| 4950 | |
| 25012 | 4951 nbody = desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
| 4952 nlen = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 4953 nend = nbody + nlen; | |
| 4954 | |
| 4955 /* If display line has unknown contents, write the whole line. */ | |
| 4956 if (must_write_whole_line_p) | |
| 4957 { | |
|
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
4958 /* Ignore spaces at the end, if we can. */ |
|
25313
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
4959 if (!must_write_spaces) |
|
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
4960 while (nlen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (nbody[nlen - 1])) |
|
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
4961 --nlen; |
|
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
4962 |
|
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
4963 /* Write the contents of the desired line. */ |
|
25313
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
4964 if (nlen) |
|
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
4965 { |
|
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
4966 cursor_to (vpos, 0); |
|
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
4967 write_glyphs (nbody, nlen); |
|
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
4968 } |
|
25313
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
4969 |
|
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
4970 /* Don't call clear_end_of_line if we already wrote the whole |
|
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
4971 line. The cursor will not be at the right margin in that |
|
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
4972 case but in the line below. */ |
|
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
4973 if (nlen < FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (frame)) |
|
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
4974 { |
|
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
4975 cursor_to (vpos, nlen); |
|
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
4976 clear_end_of_line (FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (frame)); |
|
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
4977 } |
|
28682
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
4978 else |
|
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
4979 /* Make sure we are in the right row, otherwise cursor movement |
|
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
4980 with cmgoto might use `ch' in the wrong row. */ |
|
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
4981 cursor_to (vpos, 0); |
|
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
4982 |
| 25012 | 4983 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
| 4984 return; | |
| 4985 } | |
| 314 | 4986 |
| 4987 /* Pretend trailing spaces are not there at all, | |
| 4988 unless for one reason or another we must write all spaces. */ | |
| 25012 | 4989 if (!desired_row->inverse_p) |
| 314 | 4990 { |
| 4991 if (!must_write_spaces) | |
| 25012 | 4992 while (nlen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (nbody[nlen - 1])) |
| 314 | 4993 nlen--; |
| 4994 } | |
| 4995 else | |
| 4996 { | |
| 25012 | 4997 /* For an inverse-video line, give it extra trailing spaces all |
| 4998 the way to the frame edge so that the reverse video extends | |
| 4999 all the way across. */ | |
| 5000 while (nlen < FRAME_WIDTH (frame) - 1) | |
| 5001 nbody[nlen++] = space_glyph; | |
| 314 | 5002 } |
| 5003 | |
| 5004 /* If there's no i/d char, quickly do the best we can without it. */ | |
| 5005 if (!char_ins_del_ok) | |
| 5006 { | |
| 25012 | 5007 int i, j; |
| 5008 | |
| 5009 /* Find the first glyph in desired row that doesn't agree with | |
| 5010 a glyph in the current row, and write the rest from there on. */ | |
| 314 | 5011 for (i = 0; i < nlen; i++) |
| 5012 { | |
| 25012 | 5013 if (i >= olen || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (nbody + i, obody + i)) |
| 314 | 5014 { |
| 25012 | 5015 /* Find the end of the run of different glyphs. */ |
| 5016 j = i + 1; | |
| 5017 while (j < nlen | |
| 5018 && (j >= olen | |
| 5019 || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (nbody + j, obody + j) | |
| 5020 || CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (nbody[j]))) | |
| 5021 ++j; | |
| 5022 | |
| 5023 /* Output this run of non-matching chars. */ | |
| 314 | 5024 cursor_to (vpos, i); |
| 25012 | 5025 write_glyphs (nbody + i, j - i); |
| 5026 i = j - 1; | |
| 314 | 5027 |
| 5028 /* Now find the next non-match. */ | |
| 5029 } | |
| 5030 } | |
| 5031 | |
| 5032 /* Clear the rest of the line, or the non-clear part of it. */ | |
| 5033 if (olen > nlen) | |
| 5034 { | |
| 5035 cursor_to (vpos, nlen); | |
| 5036 clear_end_of_line (olen); | |
| 5037 } | |
| 5038 | |
| 25012 | 5039 /* Make current row = desired row. */ |
| 5040 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); | |
| 314 | 5041 return; |
| 5042 } | |
| 5043 | |
| 25012 | 5044 /* Here when CHAR_INS_DEL_OK != 0, i.e. we can insert or delete |
| 5045 characters in a row. */ | |
| 5046 | |
| 314 | 5047 if (!olen) |
| 5048 { | |
| 25012 | 5049 /* If current line is blank, skip over initial spaces, if |
| 5050 possible, and write the rest. */ | |
| 5051 if (must_write_spaces || desired_row->inverse_p) | |
| 5052 nsp = 0; | |
| 5053 else | |
| 5054 nsp = count_blanks (nbody, nlen); | |
| 5055 | |
| 314 | 5056 if (nlen > nsp) |
| 5057 { | |
| 5058 cursor_to (vpos, nsp); | |
| 5059 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp, nlen - nsp); | |
| 5060 } | |
| 5061 | |
| 764 | 5062 /* Exchange contents between current_frame and new_frame. */ |
| 25012 | 5063 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
| 314 | 5064 return; |
| 5065 } | |
| 5066 | |
| 5067 /* Compute number of leading blanks in old and new contents. */ | |
| 25012 | 5068 osp = count_blanks (obody, olen); |
| 5069 nsp = desired_row->inverse_p ? 0 : count_blanks (nbody, nlen); | |
| 5070 | |
| 5071 /* Compute number of matching chars starting with first non-blank. */ | |
| 5072 begmatch = count_match (obody + osp, obody + olen, | |
| 5073 nbody + nsp, nbody + nlen); | |
| 314 | 5074 |
| 5075 /* Spaces in new match implicit space past the end of old. */ | |
| 5076 /* A bug causing this to be a no-op was fixed in 18.29. */ | |
| 5077 if (!must_write_spaces && osp + begmatch == olen) | |
| 5078 { | |
| 5079 np1 = nbody + nsp; | |
| 25012 | 5080 while (np1 + begmatch < nend && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (np1[begmatch])) |
| 5081 ++begmatch; | |
| 314 | 5082 } |
| 5083 | |
| 5084 /* Avoid doing insert/delete char | |
| 5085 just cause number of leading spaces differs | |
| 25012 | 5086 when the following text does not match. */ |
| 314 | 5087 if (begmatch == 0 && osp != nsp) |
| 5088 osp = nsp = min (osp, nsp); | |
| 5089 | |
| 5090 /* Find matching characters at end of line */ | |
| 5091 op1 = obody + olen; | |
| 5092 np1 = nbody + nlen; | |
| 5093 op2 = op1 + begmatch - min (olen - osp, nlen - nsp); | |
| 25012 | 5094 while (op1 > op2 |
| 5095 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (op1 - 1, np1 - 1)) | |
| 314 | 5096 { |
| 5097 op1--; | |
| 5098 np1--; | |
| 5099 } | |
| 5100 endmatch = obody + olen - op1; | |
| 5101 | |
| 5102 /* tem gets the distance to insert or delete. | |
| 5103 endmatch is how many characters we save by doing so. | |
| 5104 Is it worth it? */ | |
| 5105 | |
| 5106 tem = (nlen - nsp) - (olen - osp); | |
| 5107 if (endmatch && tem | |
| 764 | 5108 && (!char_ins_del_ok || endmatch <= char_ins_del_cost (frame)[tem])) |
| 314 | 5109 endmatch = 0; |
| 5110 | |
| 5111 /* nsp - osp is the distance to insert or delete. | |
| 5112 If that is nonzero, begmatch is known to be nonzero also. | |
| 5113 begmatch + endmatch is how much we save by doing the ins/del. | |
| 5114 Is it worth it? */ | |
| 5115 | |
| 5116 if (nsp != osp | |
| 5117 && (!char_ins_del_ok | |
| 764 | 5118 || begmatch + endmatch <= char_ins_del_cost (frame)[nsp - osp])) |
| 314 | 5119 { |
| 5120 begmatch = 0; | |
| 5121 endmatch = 0; | |
| 5122 osp = nsp = min (osp, nsp); | |
| 5123 } | |
| 5124 | |
| 5125 /* Now go through the line, inserting, writing and | |
| 5126 deleting as appropriate. */ | |
| 5127 | |
| 5128 if (osp > nsp) | |
| 5129 { | |
| 5130 cursor_to (vpos, nsp); | |
| 5131 delete_glyphs (osp - nsp); | |
| 5132 } | |
| 5133 else if (nsp > osp) | |
| 5134 { | |
| 5135 /* If going to delete chars later in line | |
| 5136 and insert earlier in the line, | |
| 5137 must delete first to avoid losing data in the insert */ | |
| 5138 if (endmatch && nlen < olen + nsp - osp) | |
| 5139 { | |
| 5140 cursor_to (vpos, nlen - endmatch + osp - nsp); | |
| 5141 delete_glyphs (olen + nsp - osp - nlen); | |
| 5142 olen = nlen - (nsp - osp); | |
| 5143 } | |
| 5144 cursor_to (vpos, osp); | |
| 25012 | 5145 insert_glyphs (0, nsp - osp); |
| 314 | 5146 } |
| 5147 olen += nsp - osp; | |
| 5148 | |
| 5149 tem = nsp + begmatch + endmatch; | |
| 5150 if (nlen != tem || olen != tem) | |
| 5151 { | |
| 5152 cursor_to (vpos, nsp + begmatch); | |
| 5153 if (!endmatch || nlen == olen) | |
| 5154 { | |
| 5155 /* If new text being written reaches right margin, | |
| 5156 there is no need to do clear-to-eol at the end. | |
| 5157 (and it would not be safe, since cursor is not | |
| 5158 going to be "at the margin" after the text is done) */ | |
|
16267
05ca2cb9fe0f
(make_frame_glyphs, update_line, update_frame)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16256
diff
changeset
|
5159 if (nlen == FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (frame)) |
| 314 | 5160 olen = 0; |
| 5161 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, nlen - tem); | |
| 5162 } | |
| 5163 else if (nlen > olen) | |
| 5164 { | |
|
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5165 /* Here, we used to have the following simple code: |
|
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5166 ---------------------------------------- |
|
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5167 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, olen - tem); |
|
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5168 insert_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch + olen - tem, nlen - olen); |
|
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5169 ---------------------------------------- |
|
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5170 but it doesn't work if nbody[nsp + begmatch + olen - tem] |
|
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5171 is a padding glyph. */ |
|
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5172 int out = olen - tem; /* Columns to be overwritten originally. */ |
|
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5173 int del; |
|
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5174 |
|
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5175 /* Calculate columns we can actually overwrite. */ |
| 25012 | 5176 while (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (nbody[nsp + begmatch + out])) out--; |
|
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5177 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, out); |
| 25012 | 5178 /* If we left columns to be overwritten, we must delete them. */ |
|
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5179 del = olen - tem - out; |
|
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5180 if (del > 0) delete_glyphs (del); |
|
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5181 /* At last, we insert columns not yet written out. */ |
|
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5182 insert_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch + out, nlen - olen + del); |
| 314 | 5183 olen = nlen; |
| 5184 } | |
| 5185 else if (olen > nlen) | |
| 5186 { | |
| 5187 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, nlen - tem); | |
| 5188 delete_glyphs (olen - nlen); | |
| 5189 olen = nlen; | |
| 5190 } | |
| 5191 } | |
| 5192 | |
| 5193 just_erase: | |
| 5194 /* If any unerased characters remain after the new line, erase them. */ | |
| 5195 if (olen > nlen) | |
| 5196 { | |
| 5197 cursor_to (vpos, nlen); | |
| 5198 clear_end_of_line (olen); | |
| 5199 } | |
| 5200 | |
| 764 | 5201 /* Exchange contents between current_frame and new_frame. */ |
| 25012 | 5202 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
| 314 | 5203 } |
| 25012 | 5204 |
| 5205 | |
| 314 | 5206 |
| 25012 | 5207 /*********************************************************************** |
| 5208 X/Y Position -> Buffer Position | |
| 5209 ***********************************************************************/ | |
| 5210 | |
| 5211 /* Return the character position of the character at window relative | |
| 5212 pixel position (*X, *Y). *X and *Y are adjusted to character | |
| 5213 boundaries. */ | |
| 5214 | |
| 5215 int | |
| 5216 buffer_posn_from_coords (w, x, y) | |
| 5217 struct window *w; | |
| 5218 int *x, *y; | |
|
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5219 { |
| 25012 | 5220 struct it it; |
| 5221 struct buffer *old_current_buffer = current_buffer; | |
| 5222 struct text_pos startp; | |
| 5223 int left_area_width; | |
| 5224 | |
| 5225 current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer); | |
| 5226 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start); | |
| 5227 CHARPOS (startp) = min (ZV, max (BEGV, CHARPOS (startp))); | |
| 5228 BYTEPOS (startp) = min (ZV_BYTE, max (BEGV_BYTE, BYTEPOS (startp))); | |
| 5229 start_display (&it, w, startp); | |
| 5230 | |
| 5231 left_area_width = WINDOW_DISPLAY_LEFT_AREA_PIXEL_WIDTH (w); | |
| 5232 move_it_to (&it, -1, *x + it.first_visible_x - left_area_width, *y, -1, | |
| 5233 MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y); | |
| 5234 | |
| 5235 *x = it.current_x - it.first_visible_x + left_area_width; | |
| 5236 *y = it.current_y; | |
| 5237 current_buffer = old_current_buffer; | |
| 5238 return IT_CHARPOS (it); | |
| 5239 } | |
| 5240 | |
| 5241 | |
| 5242 /* Value is the string under window-relative coordinates X/Y in the | |
| 5243 mode or top line of window W, or nil if none. MODE_LINE_P non-zero | |
| 5244 means look at the mode line. *CHARPOS is set to the position in | |
| 5245 the string returned. */ | |
| 5246 | |
| 5247 Lisp_Object | |
| 5248 mode_line_string (w, x, y, mode_line_p, charpos) | |
| 5249 struct window *w; | |
| 5250 int x, y; | |
| 5251 int *charpos; | |
| 5252 { | |
| 5253 struct glyph_row *row; | |
| 5254 struct glyph *glyph, *end; | |
| 5255 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
| 5256 int x0; | |
| 5257 Lisp_Object string = Qnil; | |
| 5258 | |
| 5259 if (mode_line_p) | |
| 5260 row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix); | |
| 5261 else | |
| 25546 | 5262 row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
| 25012 | 5263 |
| 5264 if (row->mode_line_p && row->enabled_p) | |
|
11919
31cb053405f2
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Record frame names
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11914
diff
changeset
|
5265 { |
| 25012 | 5266 /* The mode lines are displayed over scroll bars and bitmap |
| 5267 areas, and X is window-relative. Correct X by the scroll bar | |
| 5268 and bitmap area width. */ | |
| 5269 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_LEFT (f)) | |
| 5270 x += FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); | |
|
25459
293b78b9ff60
(mode_line_string): Add FRAME_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25385
diff
changeset
|
5271 x += FRAME_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f); |
| 25012 | 5272 |
| 5273 /* Find the glyph under X. If we find one with a string object, | |
| 5274 it's the one we were looking for. */ | |
| 5275 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 5276 end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
| 5277 for (x0 = 0; glyph < end; x0 += glyph->pixel_width, ++glyph) | |
| 5278 if (x >= x0 && x < x0 + glyph->pixel_width) | |
| 5279 { | |
| 5280 string = glyph->object; | |
| 5281 *charpos = glyph->charpos; | |
| 5282 break; | |
| 5283 } | |
|
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5284 } |
| 25012 | 5285 |
| 5286 return string; | |
|
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5287 } |
| 25012 | 5288 |
| 5289 | |
| 5290 /*********************************************************************** | |
| 5291 Changing Frame Sizes | |
| 5292 ***********************************************************************/ | |
| 314 | 5293 |
| 5294 #ifdef SIGWINCH | |
| 25012 | 5295 |
| 493 | 5296 SIGTYPE |
|
10745
a553a08f5785
(window_change_signal): Add ignored argument.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10259
diff
changeset
|
5297 window_change_signal (signalnum) /* If we don't have an argument, */ |
| 25012 | 5298 int signalnum; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */ |
| 314 | 5299 { |
| 5300 int width, height; | |
| 5301 extern int errno; | |
| 5302 int old_errno = errno; | |
| 5303 | |
| 764 | 5304 get_frame_size (&width, &height); |
| 314 | 5305 |
| 764 | 5306 /* The frame size change obviously applies to a termcap-controlled |
| 5307 frame. Find such a frame in the list, and assume it's the only | |
| 314 | 5308 one (since the redisplay code always writes to stdout, not a |
| 764 | 5309 FILE * specified in the frame structure). Record the new size, |
| 314 | 5310 but don't reallocate the data structures now. Let that be done |
| 5311 later outside of the signal handler. */ | |
| 5312 | |
| 5313 { | |
|
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5314 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
| 314 | 5315 |
|
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5316 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
| 314 | 5317 { |
|
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5318 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (XFRAME (frame))) |
| 314 | 5319 { |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5320 change_frame_size (XFRAME (frame), height, width, 0, 1, 0); |
| 314 | 5321 break; |
| 5322 } | |
| 5323 } | |
| 5324 } | |
| 5325 | |
| 5326 signal (SIGWINCH, window_change_signal); | |
| 5327 errno = old_errno; | |
| 5328 } | |
| 5329 #endif /* SIGWINCH */ | |
| 5330 | |
| 5331 | |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5332 /* Do any change in frame size that was requested by a signal. SAFE |
|
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5333 non-zero means this function is called from a place where it is |
|
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5334 safe to change frame sizes while a redisplay is in progress. */ |
| 314 | 5335 |
| 21514 | 5336 void |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5337 do_pending_window_change (safe) |
|
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5338 int safe; |
| 314 | 5339 { |
| 5340 /* If window_change_signal should have run before, run it now. */ | |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5341 if (redisplaying_p && !safe) |
|
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5342 return; |
|
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5343 |
| 314 | 5344 while (delayed_size_change) |
| 5345 { | |
|
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5346 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
| 314 | 5347 |
| 5348 delayed_size_change = 0; | |
| 5349 | |
|
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5350 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
| 314 | 5351 { |
| 25012 | 5352 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame); |
|
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5353 |
| 764 | 5354 int height = FRAME_NEW_HEIGHT (f); |
| 5355 int width = FRAME_NEW_WIDTH (f); | |
| 314 | 5356 |
|
3449
ad455da9b789
(do_pending_window_change): No need to clear
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3357
diff
changeset
|
5357 if (height != 0 || width != 0) |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5358 change_frame_size (f, height, width, 0, 0, safe); |
| 314 | 5359 } |
| 5360 } | |
| 5361 } | |
| 5362 | |
| 5363 | |
| 764 | 5364 /* Change the frame height and/or width. Values may be given as zero to |
|
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5365 indicate no change is to take place. |
| 314 | 5366 |
|
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5367 If DELAY is non-zero, then assume we're being called from a signal |
|
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5368 handler, and queue the change for later - perhaps the next |
|
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5369 redisplay. Since this tries to resize windows, we can't call it |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5370 from a signal handler. |
|
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5371 |
|
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5372 SAFE non-zero means this function is called from a place where it's |
|
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5373 safe to change frame sizes while a redisplay is in progress. */ |
|
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5374 |
| 21514 | 5375 void |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5376 change_frame_size (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe) |
| 25012 | 5377 register struct frame *f; |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5378 int newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe; |
|
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5379 { |
|
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5380 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
|
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
5381 |
|
15395
b584c2db055f
(change_frame_size, remake_frame_glyphs): Use FRAME_WINDOW_P.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15394
diff
changeset
|
5382 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) |
|
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5383 { |
|
15394
8d01f71c4797
(Fredraw_frame, remake_frame_glyphs)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15282
diff
changeset
|
5384 /* When using termcap, or on MS-DOS, all frames use |
|
8d01f71c4797
(Fredraw_frame, remake_frame_glyphs)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15282
diff
changeset
|
5385 the same screen, so a change in size affects all frames. */ |
|
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5386 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
|
15395
b584c2db055f
(change_frame_size, remake_frame_glyphs): Use FRAME_WINDOW_P.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15394
diff
changeset
|
5387 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (frame))) |
|
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5388 change_frame_size_1 (XFRAME (frame), newheight, newwidth, |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5389 pretend, delay, safe); |
|
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5390 } |
|
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5391 else |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5392 change_frame_size_1 (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe); |
|
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5393 } |
|
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5394 |
|
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5395 static void |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5396 change_frame_size_1 (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe) |
| 25012 | 5397 register struct frame *f; |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5398 int newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe; |
| 314 | 5399 { |
|
16256
1ce0cb94fa68
(preserve_other_columns, preserve_my_columns): Use new
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16195
diff
changeset
|
5400 int new_frame_window_width; |
|
19627
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
5401 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl; |
|
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
5402 |
| 314 | 5403 /* If we can't deal with the change now, queue it for later. */ |
|
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5404 if (delay || (redisplaying_p && !safe)) |
| 314 | 5405 { |
| 25012 | 5406 FRAME_NEW_HEIGHT (f) = newheight; |
| 5407 FRAME_NEW_WIDTH (f) = newwidth; | |
| 314 | 5408 delayed_size_change = 1; |
| 5409 return; | |
| 5410 } | |
| 5411 | |
| 764 | 5412 /* This size-change overrides any pending one for this frame. */ |
| 25012 | 5413 FRAME_NEW_HEIGHT (f) = 0; |
| 5414 FRAME_NEW_WIDTH (f) = 0; | |
|
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5415 |
|
3449
ad455da9b789
(do_pending_window_change): No need to clear
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3357
diff
changeset
|
5416 /* If an argument is zero, set it to the current value. */ |
|
15896
3a3c30116313
(change_frame_size_1): Clean up conditional.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
15687
diff
changeset
|
5417 if (newheight == 0) |
| 25012 | 5418 newheight = FRAME_HEIGHT (f); |
|
15896
3a3c30116313
(change_frame_size_1): Clean up conditional.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
15687
diff
changeset
|
5419 if (newwidth == 0) |
| 25012 | 5420 newwidth = FRAME_WIDTH (f); |
| 5421 | |
| 5422 /* Compute width of windows in F. | |
| 5423 This is the width of the frame without vertical scroll bars. */ | |
| 5424 new_frame_window_width = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH_ARG (f, newwidth); | |
|
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
5425 |
|
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5426 /* Round up to the smallest acceptable size. */ |
| 25012 | 5427 check_frame_size (f, &newheight, &newwidth); |
|
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5428 |
|
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5429 /* If we're not changing the frame size, quit now. */ |
| 25012 | 5430 if (newheight == FRAME_HEIGHT (f) |
| 5431 && new_frame_window_width == FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)) | |
| 314 | 5432 return; |
| 5433 | |
| 15078 | 5434 BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5435 | |
|
14286
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5436 #ifdef MSDOS |
|
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5437 /* We only can set screen dimensions to certain values supported |
|
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5438 by our video hardware. Try to find the smallest size greater |
|
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5439 or equal to the requested dimensions. */ |
|
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5440 dos_set_window_size (&newheight, &newwidth); |
|
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5441 #endif |
|
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5442 |
| 25012 | 5443 if (newheight != FRAME_HEIGHT (f)) |
| 314 | 5444 { |
| 25012 | 5445 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) && !FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f)) |
| 314 | 5446 { |
| 25012 | 5447 /* Frame has both root and mini-buffer. */ |
| 5448 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))->top, | |
| 5449 FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f)); | |
| 5450 set_window_height (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
| 5451 (newheight | |
| 5452 - 1 | |
| 5453 - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f)), | |
| 5454 0); | |
| 5455 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f))->top, | |
|
9303
3115ae493c30
(direct_output_for_insert, direct_output_forward_char, change_frame_size,
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9264
diff
changeset
|
5456 newheight - 1); |
| 25012 | 5457 set_window_height (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), 1, 0); |
| 314 | 5458 } |
| 5459 else | |
| 764 | 5460 /* Frame has just one top-level window. */ |
| 25012 | 5461 set_window_height (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), |
| 5462 newheight - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f), 0); | |
| 5463 | |
| 5464 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f) && !pretend) | |
|
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5465 FrameRows = newheight; |
| 314 | 5466 } |
| 5467 | |
| 25012 | 5468 if (new_frame_window_width != FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)) |
| 314 | 5469 { |
| 25012 | 5470 set_window_width (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), new_frame_window_width, 0); |
| 5471 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f)) | |
| 5472 set_window_width (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), new_frame_window_width, 0); | |
| 5473 | |
| 5474 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f) && !pretend) | |
| 764 | 5475 FrameCols = newwidth; |
| 25012 | 5476 |
|
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
5477 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
|
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
5478 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->width, newwidth); |
| 314 | 5479 } |
| 5480 | |
| 25012 | 5481 FRAME_HEIGHT (f) = newheight; |
| 5482 SET_FRAME_WIDTH (f, newwidth); | |
| 5483 | |
| 5484 { | |
| 5485 struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f)); | |
| 5486 int text_area_x, text_area_y, text_area_width, text_area_height; | |
| 5487 | |
| 5488 window_box (w, TEXT_AREA, &text_area_x, &text_area_y, &text_area_width, | |
| 5489 &text_area_height); | |
| 5490 if (w->cursor.x >= text_area_x + text_area_width) | |
| 5491 w->cursor.hpos = w->cursor.x = 0; | |
| 5492 if (w->cursor.y >= text_area_y + text_area_height) | |
| 5493 w->cursor.vpos = w->cursor.y = 0; | |
| 5494 } | |
| 5495 | |
| 5496 adjust_glyphs (f); | |
| 5497 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); | |
| 5498 calculate_costs (f); | |
| 15065 | 5499 |
| 5500 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
|
17282
5023bea28298
(change_frame_size_1): Call Fset_window_buffer,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17015
diff
changeset
|
5501 |
|
19627
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
5502 record_unwind_protect (Fset_buffer, Fcurrent_buffer ()); |
|
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
5503 |
|
17282
5023bea28298
(change_frame_size_1): Call Fset_window_buffer,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17015
diff
changeset
|
5504 /* This isn't quite a no-op: it runs window-configuration-change-hook. */ |
| 25012 | 5505 Fset_window_buffer (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f), |
| 5506 XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f))->buffer); | |
|
19627
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
5507 |
|
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
5508 unbind_to (count, Qnil); |
| 314 | 5509 } |
| 25012 | 5510 |
| 5511 | |
| 314 | 5512 |
| 25012 | 5513 /*********************************************************************** |
| 5514 Terminal Related Lisp Functions | |
| 5515 ***********************************************************************/ | |
| 5516 | |
| 5517 DEFUN ("open-termscript", Fopen_termscript, Sopen_termscript, | |
| 5518 1, 1, "FOpen termscript file: ", | |
| 5519 "Start writing all terminal output to FILE as well as the terminal.\n\ | |
| 5520 FILE = nil means just close any termscript file currently open.") | |
| 5521 (file) | |
| 5522 Lisp_Object file; | |
| 5523 { | |
| 5524 if (termscript != 0) fclose (termscript); | |
| 5525 termscript = 0; | |
| 5526 | |
| 5527 if (! NILP (file)) | |
| 5528 { | |
| 5529 file = Fexpand_file_name (file, Qnil); | |
| 5530 termscript = fopen (XSTRING (file)->data, "w"); | |
| 5531 if (termscript == 0) | |
| 5532 report_file_error ("Opening termscript", Fcons (file, Qnil)); | |
| 5533 } | |
| 5534 return Qnil; | |
| 5535 } | |
| 5536 | |
| 5537 | |
| 314 | 5538 DEFUN ("send-string-to-terminal", Fsend_string_to_terminal, |
| 5539 Ssend_string_to_terminal, 1, 1, 0, | |
| 5540 "Send STRING to the terminal without alteration.\n\ | |
| 5541 Control characters in STRING will have terminal-dependent effects.") | |
|
14068
a3c83dde295e
(Fsend_string_to_terminal, Fsit_for): Harmonize arguments with
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
13526
diff
changeset
|
5542 (string) |
|
a3c83dde295e
(Fsend_string_to_terminal, Fsit_for): Harmonize arguments with
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
13526
diff
changeset
|
5543 Lisp_Object string; |
| 314 | 5544 { |
|
20618
d5acac3af6e3
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Use size_byte.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19627
diff
changeset
|
5545 /* ??? Perhaps we should do something special for multibyte strings here. */ |
|
14068
a3c83dde295e
(Fsend_string_to_terminal, Fsit_for): Harmonize arguments with
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
13526
diff
changeset
|
5546 CHECK_STRING (string, 0); |
|
21244
50929073a0ba
Use STRING_BYTES and SET_STRING_BYTES.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20708
diff
changeset
|
5547 fwrite (XSTRING (string)->data, 1, STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (string)), stdout); |
| 314 | 5548 fflush (stdout); |
| 5549 if (termscript) | |
| 5550 { | |
|
21244
50929073a0ba
Use STRING_BYTES and SET_STRING_BYTES.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20708
diff
changeset
|
5551 fwrite (XSTRING (string)->data, 1, STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (string)), |
|
50929073a0ba
Use STRING_BYTES and SET_STRING_BYTES.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20708
diff
changeset
|
5552 termscript); |
| 314 | 5553 fflush (termscript); |
| 5554 } | |
| 5555 return Qnil; | |
| 5556 } | |
| 5557 | |
| 25012 | 5558 |
| 314 | 5559 DEFUN ("ding", Fding, Sding, 0, 1, 0, |
| 5560 "Beep, or flash the screen.\n\ | |
| 5561 Also, unless an argument is given,\n\ | |
| 5562 terminate any keyboard macro currently executing.") | |
| 5563 (arg) | |
| 5564 Lisp_Object arg; | |
| 5565 { | |
| 493 | 5566 if (!NILP (arg)) |
| 314 | 5567 { |
|
649
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
5568 if (noninteractive) |
|
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
5569 putchar (07); |
|
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
5570 else |
|
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
5571 ring_bell (); |
| 314 | 5572 fflush (stdout); |
| 5573 } | |
| 5574 else | |
| 5575 bitch_at_user (); | |
| 5576 | |
| 5577 return Qnil; | |
| 5578 } | |
| 5579 | |
| 21514 | 5580 void |
| 314 | 5581 bitch_at_user () |
| 5582 { | |
| 5583 if (noninteractive) | |
| 5584 putchar (07); | |
| 25012 | 5585 else if (!INTERACTIVE) /* Stop executing a keyboard macro. */ |
| 314 | 5586 error ("Keyboard macro terminated by a command ringing the bell"); |
| 5587 else | |
| 5588 ring_bell (); | |
| 5589 fflush (stdout); | |
| 5590 } | |
| 5591 | |
| 25012 | 5592 |
| 5593 | |
| 5594 /*********************************************************************** | |
| 5595 Sleeping, Waiting | |
| 5596 ***********************************************************************/ | |
| 5597 | |
| 314 | 5598 DEFUN ("sleep-for", Fsleep_for, Ssleep_for, 1, 2, 0, |
|
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5599 "Pause, without updating display, for SECONDS seconds.\n\ |
| 2648 | 5600 SECONDS may be a floating-point value, meaning that you can wait for a\n\ |
| 5601 fraction of a second. Optional second arg MILLISECONDS specifies an\n\ | |
| 5602 additional wait period, in milliseconds; this may be useful if your\n\ | |
| 5603 Emacs was built without floating point support.\n\ | |
| 5604 \(Not all operating systems support waiting for a fraction of a second.)") | |
|
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5605 (seconds, milliseconds) |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5606 Lisp_Object seconds, milliseconds; |
| 314 | 5607 { |
|
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5608 int sec, usec; |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5609 |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5610 if (NILP (milliseconds)) |
|
9264
9338a124ea84
(redraw_frame, Fsleep_for, sit_for, Fsit_for): Use new accessor macros instead
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8903
diff
changeset
|
5611 XSETINT (milliseconds, 0); |
|
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5612 else |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5613 CHECK_NUMBER (milliseconds, 1); |
| 2648 | 5614 usec = XINT (milliseconds) * 1000; |
| 5615 | |
| 5616 { | |
| 5617 double duration = extract_float (seconds); | |
| 5618 sec = (int) duration; | |
| 5619 usec += (duration - sec) * 1000000; | |
| 5620 } | |
| 314 | 5621 |
|
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5622 #ifndef EMACS_HAS_USECS |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5623 if (sec == 0 && usec != 0) |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5624 error ("millisecond `sleep-for' not supported on %s", SYSTEM_TYPE); |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5625 #endif |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5626 |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5627 /* Assure that 0 <= usec < 1000000. */ |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5628 if (usec < 0) |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5629 { |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5630 /* We can't rely on the rounding being correct if user is negative. */ |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5631 if (-1000000 < usec) |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5632 sec--, usec += 1000000; |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5633 else |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5634 sec -= -usec / 1000000, usec = 1000000 - (-usec % 1000000); |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5635 } |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5636 else |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5637 sec += usec / 1000000, usec %= 1000000; |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5638 |
|
14646
68fe10d1abd0
(Fsleep_for): Accept sub-second intervals.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14459
diff
changeset
|
5639 if (sec < 0 || (sec == 0 && usec == 0)) |
| 314 | 5640 return Qnil; |
| 5641 | |
| 650 | 5642 { |
| 5643 Lisp_Object zero; | |
| 5644 | |
|
9303
3115ae493c30
(direct_output_for_insert, direct_output_forward_char, change_frame_size,
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9264
diff
changeset
|
5645 XSETFASTINT (zero, 0); |
| 650 | 5646 wait_reading_process_input (sec, usec, zero, 0); |
| 5647 } | |
| 587 | 5648 |
|
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5649 /* We should always have wait_reading_process_input; we have a dummy |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5650 implementation for systems which don't support subprocesses. */ |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5651 #if 0 |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5652 /* No wait_reading_process_input */ |
| 314 | 5653 immediate_quit = 1; |
| 5654 QUIT; | |
| 5655 | |
| 5656 #ifdef VMS | |
| 5657 sys_sleep (sec); | |
| 5658 #else /* not VMS */ | |
| 5659 /* The reason this is done this way | |
| 5660 (rather than defined (H_S) && defined (H_T)) | |
| 5661 is because the VMS preprocessor doesn't grok `defined' */ | |
| 5662 #ifdef HAVE_SELECT | |
| 554 | 5663 EMACS_GET_TIME (end_time); |
| 5664 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (timeout, sec, usec); | |
| 587 | 5665 EMACS_ADD_TIME (end_time, end_time, timeout); |
| 554 | 5666 |
| 314 | 5667 while (1) |
| 5668 { | |
| 554 | 5669 EMACS_GET_TIME (timeout); |
| 5670 EMACS_SUB_TIME (timeout, end_time, timeout); | |
| 5671 if (EMACS_TIME_NEG_P (timeout) | |
| 5672 || !select (1, 0, 0, 0, &timeout)) | |
| 314 | 5673 break; |
| 5674 } | |
| 5675 #else /* not HAVE_SELECT */ | |
| 5676 sleep (sec); | |
| 5677 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */ | |
| 5678 #endif /* not VMS */ | |
| 5679 | |
| 5680 immediate_quit = 0; | |
| 5681 #endif /* no subprocesses */ | |
| 5682 | |
| 5683 return Qnil; | |
| 5684 } | |
| 5685 | |
| 25012 | 5686 |
| 650 | 5687 /* This is just like wait_reading_process_input, except that |
| 5688 it does the redisplay. | |
| 5689 | |
|
5223
db2e7e6a488e
(Fsit_for): Call prepare_menu_bars.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5218
diff
changeset
|
5690 It's also much like Fsit_for, except that it can be used for |
|
11411
91bcce2fd486
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Ignore buffers whose names start with space.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
5691 waiting for input as well. */ |
| 650 | 5692 |
| 5693 Lisp_Object | |
|
17961
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
5694 sit_for (sec, usec, reading, display, initial_display) |
|
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
5695 int sec, usec, reading, display, initial_display; |
| 314 | 5696 { |
| 650 | 5697 Lisp_Object read_kbd; |
| 314 | 5698 |
|
14964
9938201005a3
(sit_for): Call swallow_events.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14903
diff
changeset
|
5699 swallow_events (display); |
|
9938201005a3
(sit_for): Call swallow_events.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14903
diff
changeset
|
5700 |
|
14757
99125e1e8bac
(sit_for): Pass DISPLAY to detect_input_pending_run_timers.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14646
diff
changeset
|
5701 if (detect_input_pending_run_timers (display)) |
| 314 | 5702 return Qnil; |
| 650 | 5703 |
|
17961
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
5704 if (initial_display) |
| 314 | 5705 redisplay_preserve_echo_area (); |
| 5706 | |
| 673 | 5707 if (sec == 0 && usec == 0) |
| 5708 return Qt; | |
| 5709 | |
| 314 | 5710 #ifdef SIGIO |
|
1915
98ecf99d7b1a
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Pass the correct number of arguments to
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1872
diff
changeset
|
5711 gobble_input (0); |
| 650 | 5712 #endif |
| 5713 | |
|
9264
9338a124ea84
(redraw_frame, Fsleep_for, sit_for, Fsit_for): Use new accessor macros instead
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8903
diff
changeset
|
5714 XSETINT (read_kbd, reading ? -1 : 1); |
| 650 | 5715 wait_reading_process_input (sec, usec, read_kbd, display); |
| 5716 | |
| 314 | 5717 return detect_input_pending () ? Qnil : Qt; |
| 5718 } | |
| 5719 | |
| 25012 | 5720 |
| 650 | 5721 DEFUN ("sit-for", Fsit_for, Ssit_for, 1, 3, 0, |
|
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5722 "Perform redisplay, then wait for SECONDS seconds or until input is available.\n\ |
| 2648 | 5723 SECONDS may be a floating-point value, meaning that you can wait for a\n\ |
| 5724 fraction of a second. Optional second arg MILLISECONDS specifies an\n\ | |
| 5725 additional wait period, in milliseconds; this may be useful if your\n\ | |
| 5726 Emacs was built without floating point support.\n\ | |
| 5727 \(Not all operating systems support waiting for a fraction of a second.)\n\ | |
|
14068
a3c83dde295e
(Fsend_string_to_terminal, Fsit_for): Harmonize arguments with
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
13526
diff
changeset
|
5728 Optional third arg NODISP non-nil means don't redisplay, just wait for input.\n\ |
| 650 | 5729 Redisplay is preempted as always if input arrives, and does not happen\n\ |
| 5730 if input is available before it starts.\n\ | |
| 5731 Value is t if waited the full time with no input arriving.") | |
|
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5732 (seconds, milliseconds, nodisp) |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5733 Lisp_Object seconds, milliseconds, nodisp; |
| 650 | 5734 { |
|
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5735 int sec, usec; |
| 650 | 5736 |
|
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5737 if (NILP (milliseconds)) |
|
9264
9338a124ea84
(redraw_frame, Fsleep_for, sit_for, Fsit_for): Use new accessor macros instead
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8903
diff
changeset
|
5738 XSETINT (milliseconds, 0); |
|
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5739 else |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5740 CHECK_NUMBER (milliseconds, 1); |
| 2648 | 5741 usec = XINT (milliseconds) * 1000; |
| 5742 | |
| 5743 { | |
| 5744 double duration = extract_float (seconds); | |
| 5745 sec = (int) duration; | |
| 5746 usec += (duration - sec) * 1000000; | |
| 5747 } | |
|
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5748 |
| 650 | 5749 #ifndef EMACS_HAS_USECS |
|
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5750 if (usec != 0 && sec == 0) |
|
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5751 error ("millisecond `sit-for' not supported on %s", SYSTEM_TYPE); |
| 650 | 5752 #endif |
| 5753 | |
|
17961
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
5754 return sit_for (sec, usec, 0, NILP (nodisp), NILP (nodisp)); |
| 650 | 5755 } |
| 25012 | 5756 |
| 5757 | |
| 314 | 5758 |
| 25012 | 5759 /*********************************************************************** |
| 5760 Other Lisp Functions | |
| 5761 ***********************************************************************/ | |
| 5762 | |
| 5763 /* A vector of size >= 2 * NFRAMES + 3 * NBUFFERS + 1, containing the | |
| 5764 session's frames, frame names, buffers, buffer-read-only flags, and | |
| 5765 buffer-modified-flags, and a trailing sentinel (so we don't need to | |
| 5766 add length checks). */ | |
| 5767 | |
| 5768 static Lisp_Object frame_and_buffer_state; | |
| 5769 | |
| 5770 | |
| 5771 DEFUN ("frame-or-buffer-changed-p", Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p, | |
| 5772 Sframe_or_buffer_changed_p, 0, 0, 0, | |
| 5773 "Return non-nil if the frame and buffer state appears to have changed.\n\ | |
| 5774 The state variable is an internal vector containing all frames and buffers,\n\ | |
| 5775 aside from buffers whose names start with space,\n\ | |
| 5776 along with the buffers' read-only and modified flags, which allows a fast\n\ | |
| 5777 check to see whether the menu bars might need to be recomputed.\n\ | |
| 5778 If this function returns non-nil, it updates the internal vector to reflect\n\ | |
| 5779 the current state.\n") | |
| 5780 () | |
| 5781 { | |
| 5782 Lisp_Object tail, frame, buf; | |
| 5783 Lisp_Object *vecp; | |
| 5784 int n; | |
| 5785 | |
| 5786 vecp = XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents; | |
| 5787 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
| 5788 { | |
| 5789 if (!EQ (*vecp++, frame)) | |
| 5790 goto changed; | |
| 5791 if (!EQ (*vecp++, XFRAME (frame)->name)) | |
| 5792 goto changed; | |
| 5793 } | |
| 5794 /* Check that the buffer info matches. | |
| 5795 No need to test for the end of the vector | |
| 5796 because the last element of the vector is lambda | |
| 5797 and that will always cause a mismatch. */ | |
|
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
5798 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
| 25012 | 5799 { |
|
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
5800 buf = XCDR (XCAR (tail)); |
| 25012 | 5801 /* Ignore buffers that aren't included in buffer lists. */ |
| 5802 if (XSTRING (XBUFFER (buf)->name)->data[0] == ' ') | |
| 5803 continue; | |
| 5804 if (!EQ (*vecp++, buf)) | |
| 5805 goto changed; | |
| 5806 if (!EQ (*vecp++, XBUFFER (buf)->read_only)) | |
| 5807 goto changed; | |
| 5808 if (!EQ (*vecp++, Fbuffer_modified_p (buf))) | |
| 5809 goto changed; | |
| 5810 } | |
| 5811 /* Detect deletion of a buffer at the end of the list. */ | |
| 5812 if (EQ (*vecp, Qlambda)) | |
| 5813 return Qnil; | |
| 5814 changed: | |
| 5815 /* Start with 1 so there is room for at least one lambda at the end. */ | |
| 5816 n = 1; | |
| 5817 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
| 5818 n += 2; | |
|
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
5819 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
| 25012 | 5820 n += 3; |
| 5821 /* Reallocate the vector if it's grown, or if it's shrunk a lot. */ | |
| 5822 if (n > XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size | |
| 5823 || n + 20 < XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size / 2) | |
| 5824 /* Add 20 extra so we grow it less often. */ | |
| 5825 frame_and_buffer_state = Fmake_vector (make_number (n + 20), Qlambda); | |
| 5826 vecp = XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents; | |
| 5827 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
| 5828 { | |
| 5829 *vecp++ = frame; | |
| 5830 *vecp++ = XFRAME (frame)->name; | |
| 5831 } | |
|
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
5832 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
| 25012 | 5833 { |
|
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
5834 buf = XCDR (XCAR (tail)); |
| 25012 | 5835 /* Ignore buffers that aren't included in buffer lists. */ |
| 5836 if (XSTRING (XBUFFER (buf)->name)->data[0] == ' ') | |
| 5837 continue; | |
| 5838 *vecp++ = buf; | |
| 5839 *vecp++ = XBUFFER (buf)->read_only; | |
| 5840 *vecp++ = Fbuffer_modified_p (buf); | |
| 5841 } | |
| 5842 /* Fill up the vector with lambdas (always at least one). */ | |
| 5843 *vecp++ = Qlambda; | |
| 5844 while (vecp - XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents | |
| 5845 < XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size) | |
| 5846 *vecp++ = Qlambda; | |
| 5847 /* Make sure we didn't overflow the vector. */ | |
| 5848 if (vecp - XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents | |
| 5849 > XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size) | |
| 5850 abort (); | |
| 5851 return Qt; | |
| 5852 } | |
| 5853 | |
| 5854 | |
| 5855 | |
| 5856 /*********************************************************************** | |
| 5857 Initialization | |
| 5858 ***********************************************************************/ | |
| 5859 | |
| 314 | 5860 char *terminal_type; |
| 5861 | |
| 25012 | 5862 /* Initialization done when Emacs fork is started, before doing stty. |
| 5863 Determine terminal type and set terminal_driver. Then invoke its | |
| 5864 decoding routine to set up variables in the terminal package. */ | |
| 314 | 5865 |
| 21514 | 5866 void |
| 314 | 5867 init_display () |
| 5868 { | |
| 5869 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS | |
| 5870 extern int display_arg; | |
| 5871 #endif | |
| 5872 | |
| 25012 | 5873 /* Construct the space glyph. */ |
| 5874 space_glyph.type = CHAR_GLYPH; | |
| 5875 SET_CHAR_GLYPH_FROM_GLYPH (space_glyph, ' '); | |
| 5876 space_glyph.charpos = -1; | |
| 5877 | |
| 314 | 5878 meta_key = 0; |
| 5879 inverse_video = 0; | |
| 5880 cursor_in_echo_area = 0; | |
| 5881 terminal_type = (char *) 0; | |
| 5882 | |
|
2339
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
5883 /* Now is the time to initialize this; it's used by init_sys_modes |
|
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
5884 during startup. */ |
|
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
5885 Vwindow_system = Qnil; |
| 314 | 5886 |
|
2339
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
5887 /* If the user wants to use a window system, we shouldn't bother |
|
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
5888 initializing the terminal. This is especially important when the |
|
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
5889 terminal is so dumb that emacs gives up before and doesn't bother |
|
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
5890 using the window system. |
|
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
5891 |
|
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
5892 If the DISPLAY environment variable is set and nonempty, |
|
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
5893 try to use X, and die with an error message if that doesn't work. */ |
| 314 | 5894 |
| 5895 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS | |
|
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
5896 if (! display_arg) |
|
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
5897 { |
|
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
5898 char *display; |
|
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
5899 #ifdef VMS |
|
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
5900 display = getenv ("DECW$DISPLAY"); |
|
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
5901 #else |
|
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
5902 display = getenv ("DISPLAY"); |
|
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
5903 #endif |
|
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
5904 |
|
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
5905 display_arg = (display != 0 && *display != 0); |
| 2364 | 5906 } |
|
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
5907 |
|
18774
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
5908 if (!inhibit_window_system && display_arg |
|
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
5909 #ifndef CANNOT_DUMP |
|
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
5910 && initialized |
|
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
5911 #endif |
|
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
5912 ) |
| 314 | 5913 { |
| 5914 Vwindow_system = intern ("x"); | |
| 5915 #ifdef HAVE_X11 | |
| 5916 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (11); | |
| 5917 #else | |
| 5918 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (10); | |
| 5919 #endif | |
|
15273
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
5920 #if defined (LINUX) && defined (HAVE_LIBNCURSES) |
|
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
5921 /* In some versions of ncurses, |
| 15282 | 5922 tputs crashes if we have not called tgetent. |
|
15273
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
5923 So call tgetent. */ |
|
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
5924 { char b[2044]; tgetent (b, "xterm");} |
|
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
5925 #endif |
| 25012 | 5926 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
| 314 | 5927 return; |
| 5928 } | |
| 5929 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ | |
| 5930 | |
|
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
5931 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI |
|
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
5932 if (!inhibit_window_system) |
|
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
5933 { |
|
16589
ec300a10e407
(init_display) [HAVE_NTGUI]: Use w32 for window-system.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16412
diff
changeset
|
5934 Vwindow_system = intern ("w32"); |
|
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
5935 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (1); |
| 25012 | 5936 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
|
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
5937 return; |
|
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
5938 } |
|
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
5939 #endif /* HAVE_NTGUI */ |
|
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
5940 |
| 314 | 5941 /* If no window system has been specified, try to use the terminal. */ |
| 5942 if (! isatty (0)) | |
| 5943 { | |
|
16896
b2c51d6de440
(init_display): Use `fatal'.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16891
diff
changeset
|
5944 fatal ("standard input is not a tty"); |
| 314 | 5945 exit (1); |
| 5946 } | |
| 5947 | |
| 5948 /* Look at the TERM variable */ | |
| 5949 terminal_type = (char *) getenv ("TERM"); | |
| 5950 if (!terminal_type) | |
| 5951 { | |
| 5952 #ifdef VMS | |
| 5953 fprintf (stderr, "Please specify your terminal type.\n\ | |
| 5954 For types defined in VMS, use set term /device=TYPE.\n\ | |
| 5955 For types not defined in VMS, use define emacs_term \"TYPE\".\n\ | |
| 5956 \(The quotation marks are necessary since terminal types are lower case.)\n"); | |
| 5957 #else | |
| 5958 fprintf (stderr, "Please set the environment variable TERM; see tset(1).\n"); | |
| 5959 #endif | |
| 5960 exit (1); | |
| 5961 } | |
| 5962 | |
| 5963 #ifdef VMS | |
| 25012 | 5964 /* VMS DCL tends to up-case things, so down-case term type. |
| 314 | 5965 Hardly any uppercase letters in terminal types; should be none. */ |
| 5966 { | |
| 5967 char *new = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (terminal_type) + 1); | |
| 5968 char *p; | |
| 5969 | |
| 5970 strcpy (new, terminal_type); | |
| 5971 | |
| 5972 for (p = new; *p; p++) | |
| 5973 if (isupper (*p)) | |
| 5974 *p = tolower (*p); | |
| 5975 | |
| 5976 terminal_type = new; | |
| 5977 } | |
| 25012 | 5978 #endif /* VMS */ |
| 314 | 5979 |
| 5980 term_init (terminal_type); | |
| 25012 | 5981 |
|
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
5982 { |
|
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
5983 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
|
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
5984 int width = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (sf); |
|
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
5985 int height = FRAME_HEIGHT (sf); |
|
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
5986 |
| 25012 | 5987 unsigned int total_glyphs = height * (width + 2) * sizeof (struct glyph); |
| 5988 | |
| 5989 /* If these sizes are so big they cause overflow, just ignore the | |
| 5990 change. It's not clear what better we could do. */ | |
| 5991 if (total_glyphs / sizeof (struct glyph) / height != width + 2) | |
|
16896
b2c51d6de440
(init_display): Use `fatal'.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16891
diff
changeset
|
5992 fatal ("screen size %dx%d too big", width, height); |
|
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
5993 } |
|
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
5994 |
| 25012 | 5995 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
|
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
5996 calculate_costs (XFRAME (selected_frame)); |
| 314 | 5997 |
| 5998 #ifdef SIGWINCH | |
| 5999 #ifndef CANNOT_DUMP | |
| 6000 if (initialized) | |
| 6001 #endif /* CANNOT_DUMP */ | |
| 6002 signal (SIGWINCH, window_change_signal); | |
| 6003 #endif /* SIGWINCH */ | |
| 25012 | 6004 |
| 6005 /* Set up faces of the initial terminal frame of a dumped Emacs. */ | |
| 6006 if (initialized | |
| 6007 && !noninteractive | |
|
25118
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6008 #ifdef MSDOS |
|
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6009 /* The MSDOS terminal turns on its ``window system'' relatively |
|
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6010 late into the startup, so we cannot do the frame faces' |
|
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6011 initialization just yet. It will be done later by pc-win.el |
|
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6012 and internal_terminal_init. */ |
|
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6013 && (strcmp (terminal_type, "internal") != 0 || inhibit_window_system) |
|
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6014 #endif |
| 25012 | 6015 && NILP (Vwindow_system)) |
|
26729
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6016 { |
|
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6017 /* For the initial frame, we don't have any way of knowing what |
|
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6018 are the foreground and background colors of the terminal. */ |
|
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6019 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME(); |
|
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6020 |
|
26902
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26851
diff
changeset
|
6021 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (sf) = FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_FG_COLOR; |
|
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26851
diff
changeset
|
6022 FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (sf) = FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR; |
|
26729
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6023 call0 (intern ("tty-set-up-initial-frame-faces")); |
|
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6024 } |
| 314 | 6025 } |
| 25012 | 6026 |
| 6027 | |
| 314 | 6028 |
| 25012 | 6029 /*********************************************************************** |
| 6030 Blinking cursor | |
| 6031 ***********************************************************************/ | |
| 6032 | |
|
26280
083835afced5
(Finternal_show_cursor): Renamed from Fshow_cursor.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26164
diff
changeset
|
6033 DEFUN ("internal-show-cursor", Finternal_show_cursor, |
|
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6034 Sinternal_show_cursor, 2, 2, 0, |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6035 "Set the cursor-visibility flag of WINDOW to SHOW.\n\ |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6036 WINDOW nil means use the selected window. SHOW non-nil means\n\ |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6037 show a cursor in WINDOW in the next redisplay. SHOW nil means\n\ |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6038 don't show a cursor.") |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6039 (window, show) |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6040 Lisp_Object window, show; |
| 25012 | 6041 { |
| 6042 /* Don't change cursor state while redisplaying. This could confuse | |
| 6043 output routines. */ | |
| 6044 if (!redisplaying_p) | |
| 6045 { | |
| 6046 if (NILP (window)) | |
| 6047 window = selected_window; | |
| 6048 else | |
| 6049 CHECK_WINDOW (window, 2); | |
| 6050 | |
|
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6051 XWINDOW (window)->cursor_off_p = NILP (show); |
| 25012 | 6052 } |
| 6053 | |
| 6054 return Qnil; | |
| 6055 } | |
| 6056 | |
| 6057 | |
|
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6058 DEFUN ("internal-show-cursor-p", Finternal_show_cursor_p, |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6059 Sinternal_show_cursor_p, 0, 1, 0, |
|
26499
10af169a628b
(Finternal_show_cursor_p): Fix doc string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26334
diff
changeset
|
6060 "Value is non-nil if next redisplay will display a cursor in WINDOW.\n\ |
|
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6061 WINDOW nil or omitted means report on the selected window.") |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6062 (window) |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6063 Lisp_Object window; |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6064 { |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6065 struct window *w; |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6066 |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6067 if (NILP (window)) |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6068 window = selected_window; |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6069 else |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6070 CHECK_WINDOW (window, 2); |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6071 |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6072 w = XWINDOW (window); |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6073 return w->cursor_off_p ? Qnil : Qt; |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6074 } |
|
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6075 |
| 25012 | 6076 |
| 6077 /*********************************************************************** | |
| 6078 Initialization | |
| 6079 ***********************************************************************/ | |
| 6080 | |
| 21514 | 6081 void |
| 314 | 6082 syms_of_display () |
| 6083 { | |
| 764 | 6084 defsubr (&Sredraw_frame); |
| 314 | 6085 defsubr (&Sredraw_display); |
|
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6086 defsubr (&Sframe_or_buffer_changed_p); |
| 314 | 6087 defsubr (&Sopen_termscript); |
| 6088 defsubr (&Sding); | |
| 6089 defsubr (&Ssit_for); | |
| 6090 defsubr (&Ssleep_for); | |
| 6091 defsubr (&Ssend_string_to_terminal); | |
|
26280
083835afced5
(Finternal_show_cursor): Renamed from Fshow_cursor.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26164
diff
changeset
|
6092 defsubr (&Sinternal_show_cursor); |
|
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6093 defsubr (&Sinternal_show_cursor_p); |
| 314 | 6094 |
|
12186
6811992e871c
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Calculate vector size right.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11919
diff
changeset
|
6095 frame_and_buffer_state = Fmake_vector (make_number (20), Qlambda); |
|
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6096 staticpro (&frame_and_buffer_state); |
|
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6097 |
|
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
6098 Qdisplay_table = intern ("display-table"); |
|
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
6099 staticpro (&Qdisplay_table); |
|
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
6100 |
| 314 | 6101 DEFVAR_INT ("baud-rate", &baud_rate, |
|
7926
b87f2c705501
(syms_of_display): Make baud-rate a user var.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7900
diff
changeset
|
6102 "*The output baud rate of the terminal.\n\ |
| 314 | 6103 On most systems, changing this value will affect the amount of padding\n\ |
| 6104 and the other strategic decisions made during redisplay."); | |
| 25012 | 6105 |
| 314 | 6106 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inverse-video", &inverse_video, |
| 764 | 6107 "*Non-nil means invert the entire frame display.\n\ |
| 314 | 6108 This means everything is in inverse video which otherwise would not be."); |
| 25012 | 6109 |
| 314 | 6110 DEFVAR_BOOL ("visible-bell", &visible_bell, |
| 764 | 6111 "*Non-nil means try to flash the frame to represent a bell."); |
| 25012 | 6112 |
| 314 | 6113 DEFVAR_BOOL ("no-redraw-on-reenter", &no_redraw_on_reenter, |
| 764 | 6114 "*Non-nil means no need to redraw entire frame after suspending.\n\ |
| 314 | 6115 A non-nil value is useful if the terminal can automatically preserve\n\ |
| 764 | 6116 Emacs's frame display when you reenter Emacs.\n\ |
| 314 | 6117 It is up to you to set this variable if your terminal can do that."); |
| 25012 | 6118 |
| 314 | 6119 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-system", &Vwindow_system, |
| 6120 "A symbol naming the window-system under which Emacs is running\n\ | |
| 6121 \(such as `x'), or nil if emacs is running on an ordinary terminal."); | |
| 25012 | 6122 |
| 314 | 6123 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-system-version", &Vwindow_system_version, |
| 6124 "The version number of the window system in use.\n\ | |
| 6125 For X windows, this is 10 or 11."); | |
| 25012 | 6126 |
| 314 | 6127 DEFVAR_BOOL ("cursor-in-echo-area", &cursor_in_echo_area, |
| 6128 "Non-nil means put cursor in minibuffer, at end of any message there."); | |
| 25012 | 6129 |
| 314 | 6130 DEFVAR_LISP ("glyph-table", &Vglyph_table, |
| 764 | 6131 "Table defining how to output a glyph code to the frame.\n\ |
| 314 | 6132 If not nil, this is a vector indexed by glyph code to define the glyph.\n\ |
| 6133 Each element can be:\n\ | |
| 6134 integer: a glyph code which this glyph is an alias for.\n\ | |
| 6135 string: output this glyph using that string (not impl. in X windows).\n\ | |
| 6136 nil: this glyph mod 256 is char code to output,\n\ | |
| 6857 | 6137 and this glyph / 256 is face code for X windows (see `face-id')."); |
| 314 | 6138 Vglyph_table = Qnil; |
| 6139 | |
| 6140 DEFVAR_LISP ("standard-display-table", &Vstandard_display_table, | |
| 6141 "Display table to use for buffers that specify none.\n\ | |
| 6142 See `buffer-display-table' for more information."); | |
| 6143 Vstandard_display_table = Qnil; | |
| 6144 | |
| 25012 | 6145 DEFVAR_BOOL ("redisplay-dont-pause", &redisplay_dont_pause, |
| 6146 "*Non-nil means update isn't paused when input is detected."); | |
| 6147 redisplay_dont_pause = 0; | |
| 6148 | |
| 314 | 6149 /* Initialize `window-system', unless init_display already decided it. */ |
| 6150 #ifdef CANNOT_DUMP | |
| 6151 if (noninteractive) | |
| 6152 #endif | |
| 6153 { | |
| 6154 Vwindow_system = Qnil; | |
| 6155 Vwindow_system_version = Qnil; | |
| 6156 } | |
| 6157 } |
